華嚴經 義疏通講 · 冊16Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Exposition Throughout · Vol. 16

品三十八 離世間品 · 十地行五十門—結勸·現瑞·證成·偈頌分 · 3 單元 · 第 16/25 冊 · Detachment from the World · The Fifty Gates of the Practice of the Ten Grounds — The Conclusion: The Exhortation, the Auspicious Signs, the Attestation, and the Verses · 3 units · Vol. 16 of 25 · 冊目次Volume index

品三十八 離世間品 · 十地行五十門Detachment from the World · The Fifty Gates of the Practice of the Ten Grounds

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

先看這一段站在哪裡

普慧菩薩一口氣問了兩百個問題,普賢菩薩一個問題答十句,這一段是其中的第五番——五十個問,五十個『十種某某』門。

這五十門講的是什麼?澄觀在《疏》裡開宗明義:這一段「答五十問,明十地位中行相」,並說古來諸德把全品分成六番,這是第五番。要緊的是先把一件事說清楚:經文本身從頭到尾沒有出現「十地位」三個字。四十七門作『佛子!菩薩摩訶薩有十種某某』,餘三門門首小異。把這五十門判為十地位中之行相的,是古來諸德依《度世經》所作的科判,澄觀承接了它——這是繫屬於疏家的判釋,不是經文自己說的。讀的時候要把這兩層分開:經文給的是五十組行法,疏家給的是一個把它們安放在修行次第上的架子。

架子怎麼搭?兩家不同。古德分四段——初十二門講三業殊勝行寄在初地、次九門講造修離障行寄二三地、次九門講造修純熟行寄四地已上、後二十門講報相圓滿行寄八地已上。澄觀下了明判——「此釋猶稍近,文亦未盡理」——另立一套:初地十門、二地六門、三地四地各五門、五地二門、六地一門、七地八地各三門、九地二門、十地十三門。相加恰是五十。法藏在《探玄記》裡四科皆以門計而總數作「五百句」——一門十句(第十四門十一句),五十門合五百零一句,古德概稱五百;他把古德的初十二門叫作「一百二十門」。同一件事,兩種計量。這幾種算法並存,只作誌錄,不判高下。

還有一個字要留意:澄觀所錄古德科的配位語用「寄」——寄在初地、寄二三地、寄八地已上;澄觀自科則逕說某地中行。寄,是借地位的次第來顯行相的深淺,不是說本品另立了一套十地。〈十地品〉正說十地,這裡是借十地說行相,兩件事不能相濫。

最後說本段的筆法。前面三十門講心、講解、講道,還在一般的法相語裡;從第三十一門「足」以下,經文忽然一路借身體說話——足、手、腹、藏、心、被甲、器仗、首、眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意,然後行、住、坐、臥,最後所住處、所行處。這不是在描寫菩薩的長相。法藏在第二門十身處就點破了:「此是行法為身,故不同前。」——這句專就十身而說;澄觀釋末後十三門也說,這是「寄六根四儀業用明之」。器官之名一轉而為行法之名——「腹」不是肚子,是無諂曲的心地;「臥」不是睡覺,是所作成辦之後的安隱。這一轉,正是〈離世間品〉的看家筆法。

第一門 身業——一個身怎麼會充滿一切世界

先問一個常識問題:一個身怎麼可能「充滿一切世界」?又怎麼可能「以一手普覆一切世界」、「以一手磨一切世界金剛圍山碎如微塵」?

若把這十句讀成神通的展示,就讀偏了。這一門十句的落點全在最後兩句:「以一身容受一切眾生界」、「於自身中普現一切清淨佛剎,一切眾生於中成道」。前八句講身的作用能遍、能現、能受生、能遊行、能詣佛、能覆、能碎、能現剎之成壞,後兩句把這些作用收到一個目的上——為了讓眾生在其中成道。所以結句才說「則得如來無上佛業,悉能覺悟一切眾生」。

排一個誤:不要把『一手覆一切世界』讀成手很大。法藏列這十相時說「皆是身之作用,同名身業」——說的是作用,不是尺寸。身之所以能遍,理由與〈如來出現品〉虛空喻同一路:不是因為體積大,是因為不受方所之限。

落到用處:讀這一門,該問的不是『我什麼時候能有這種身』,而是『我這個身現在替眾生做了什麼』。經文把身叫作「業」,就是把身當成一件正在進行的工作看。

第二門 身——十種身沒有一種是形體

上一門講身之「業」,這一門講身之「體」,一問就來了:既然已經說過身,為什麼還要再說一次身?

法藏的簡別很直接:「此是行法為身,故不同前」——前門說身所作的事,此門把行法本身當作身。所以十種身裡沒有一種是血肉:波羅蜜身、四攝身、大悲身、大慈身、福德身、智慧身、法身、方便身、神力身、菩提身。法藏還替這十身分了組:初二是六度四攝、次二是慈悲、次二是福智、次三是體用、後一是成果。

排一個誤:「法身,永離諸趣受生故」一句,不要讀成菩薩從此不再受生。上一門才說「於一切趣悉能受生身業」,兩句並不打架——永離的是被業牽引的受生,不是為眾生而來的受生。第二十二門「離生道」會把這一層講得更明白。

落到用處:一個人若問『我拿什麼做我的身分』,這一門給了十個答案,沒有一個是名字、身分、成就。所修之行就是所立之身。

十句各帶一個「故」字,那才是這一門的分量所在。「大悲身,代一切眾生受無量苦無疲厭故」——大悲之所以能立為身,不在於憐念之情,在於代受而不生疲厭;「無疲厭」三字是這一句的限定,去掉它,這一身就立不住。「四攝身,不捨一切眾生故」——四攝之所以是身,在於不捨;「智慧身,與一切佛身同一性故」——智慧不是自家之明,是與諸佛同性;「方便身,於一切處現前故」——方便之為身,在於處處現得出來,不是備而不用;「菩提身,隨樂、隨時成正覺故」——連成佛都繫於眾生之樂與時,不是自定一個日子。十身之立,句句繫於眾生。

第三門 語——十種說話的樣子

問:說話有什麼好講十樣的?

經文列的十語,前四樣講的是口德——柔軟、甘露、不誑、真實;後六樣講的是說話的效用——廣大、甚深、堅固、正直、種種、開悟一切眾生語。每一句都帶一個「故」字,說明這樣說話是為了什麼:柔軟是「使一切眾生皆安隱」,甘露是「令一切眾生悉清涼」,正直是「發言易了」。所以這十語不是修辭學,是把『說話』當成利他的一件事來立。

排一個誤:「真實語,乃至夢中無妄語故」——這句不是要求人管住夢,而是說真實已熟到不必作意的地步。這是一句程度語,不是一條戒條。

落到用處:這一門最好的用法,是拿十個標準對自己這一天說過的話點一遍。哪一句安隱了人,哪一句清涼了人,哪一句只是把話說得漂亮。

後六樣的所以然,經文說得比前四樣更遠。「廣大語,一切釋、梵、四天王等皆尊敬故」——廣大不是聲量,是連天眾都尊敬的分量;「甚深語,顯示法性故」——甚深不是難懂,是所顯者為法性,難懂而不顯法性,只是晦;「堅固語,說法無盡故」——堅固不是不改口,是說法說得不盡,盡了就不堅固;「種種語,隨時示現故」——種種不是花樣,是隨時而現,所以與堅固並不相違;末一句把十語收回到人身上:「開悟一切眾生語,隨其欲樂令解了故」——說到最後,判準不在說者說得如何,在聽者解了沒有。

第四門 淨修語業——十件事把口業洗乾淨

問:上一門既已說語,這一門的「淨修語業」又添了什麼?

上一門說語的樣子,這一門說怎麼把語練成那個樣子——十件事全是可以動手做的:愛聽如來的音聲、愛聽人說菩薩的功德、不說眾生不愛聽的話、遠離語的四種過失、歡喜讚歎如來、在塔前高聲讚佛的如實功德、以深淨心把法施給人、以音樂歌頌讚歎、在佛所聽法不惜身命、捨身承事菩薩與法師而受妙法。

澄觀判本段初地十門時說「初二約身、次四辨語、後四明意」——第三門到第六門這四門都算「辨語」,可見這四門是一串,不是各自獨立的四件事。

排一個誤:「不說一切眾生不樂聞語」不等於一味討好。第三門才說過「不誑語」「真實語」;兩門合看,意思是該說的實話要說,但不必說那些只圖自己痛快的話。

落到用處:十件事裡有八件今天就能做。最容易被略過的是第三件——不說人不愛聽的話。

第五門 守護——口業清淨了,誰來護持

問:這一門為什麼不是『有十種守護』,而是「若菩薩摩訶薩以此十事淨修語業,則得十種守護」?

因為它是上一門的果。經文用一個「則得」把兩門接住:語業清淨,感得天、龍、夜叉、乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、梵王各領徒眾前來守護,最後一句最重——「如來法王為首,一切法師皆悉守護」。前九是八部與梵王,末一是法師;護世的與護法的都算在內。

排一個誤:不要把這一門讀成護法神的名單。它的重點在因果的方向——不是先求守護,是先淨語業。次第若顛倒,這一門就成了求庇佑之文。

落到用處:一個講法的人若覺得處處不順,這一門給的檢查點不在外面,在自己的口業上。

第六門 大事——得了守護之後能辦成什麼

問:守護到手,用來做什麼?

經文緊接著又用「則能成辦」把第三段接上:令一切眾生歡喜、能往一切世界、了知一切諸根、令一切勝解清淨、令一切煩惱除斷、令一切習氣捨離、令一切欲樂明潔、令一切深心增長、令一切法界周遍、令一切涅槃普令明見。十句沒有一句是為自己求安。

排一個誤:「一切欲樂皆令明潔」——不是把欲樂消滅,是把它洗明淨。經文用的是「明潔」不是「斷除」;上一句才剛說過「一切煩惱皆令除斷」,用字之別是有意的。

落到用處:第四門到第六門是一串完整的因果鏈——淨語業、得守護、辦大事。三門連讀,才看得出經文為什麼要在講「語」的地方一連講三門。

第七門 心——用十樣東西比喻一顆心

問:心看不見,怎麼講?經文的辦法是拿十樣看得見的東西來比。

大地能持能長,所以像大地的心能承持長養眾生的善根;大海能容,所以像大海的心讓諸佛的大智法水都流進來;須彌山王高,所以像它的心把眾生安置在出世間最上的善根處;摩尼寶王淨,金剛堅,金剛圍山不動,蓮華不染,優曇鉢華難遇,淨日破闇,虛空不可量。十個譬喻,每一個只取那物的一德,不取它的全部。

排一個誤:這十喻不能疊起來讀成『心又像大地又像虛空』的混合物。喻是分開用的——講承載時用大地,講不染時用蓮華。混用就成了玄談。

落到用處:這十個喻是可以當作十面鏡子逐一照的。今天這顆心,是哪一個都不像。

喻取一德,那一德也是經文自己點出來的,不可自行代取。「如金剛心,決定深入一切法故」——金剛所取者不是硬,是決定深入;心若硬而不入,反不成此喻。「如摩尼寶王心,樂欲清淨無雜染故」——寶王所取者是樂欲之淨,不是價值之貴。「如金剛圍山心,諸魔外道不能動故」——所取者是不為魔外所動,不是體積之大。「如優曇鉢華心,一切劫中難值遇故」——所取者是難遇,難遇則不可輕。逐句都把喻與所喻之間那條線畫出來了,讀者只要照那條線走,就不會把譬喻讀成描寫。

第八門 發心——十個「我當」

問:發心不是一件事嗎,怎麼分成十個?

因為經文的十句全是『發我當……心』的句式:我當度脫一切眾生、我當令眾生除斷煩惱、我當令眾生消滅習氣、我當斷除一切疑惑、我當除滅眾生苦惱、我當除滅惡道諸難、我當敬順一切如來、我當善學一切菩薩所學、我當於一一毛端處現一切佛成正覺、我當於一切世界擊無上法鼓。十個「我當」,把發心從一個籠統的念頭拆成十件具體要辦的事。

排一個誤:句中的「我當」不是我執。這裡的「我」是承擔的口氣,不是所有權的口氣——第十一門馬上就要說「不著一切受生處深心」。

落到用處:發心之所以容易退,常常是因為它太抽象。把它換成十句「我當」,就有了可以逐條交代的東西。

第九門 周遍心——心的十個所至

問:心怎麼「周遍」?

經文列了十處:虛空、法界、三世、一切佛出現、一切眾生、一切智慧、一切無邊、一切無生、一切無礙、一切自在。每一句下都有一個所以然:周遍虛空是「發意廣大」,周遍三世是「一念悉知」,周遍佛出現是對入胎、誕生、出家、成道、轉法輪、般涅槃六事全都明了。

排一個誤:「周遍一切無生心,不得諸法自性故」——周遍到這裡,講的已經不是範圍,是所見之理。前五句講心量之廣,後五句講心所照之理;不分這兩截,就會把『周遍無生』讀成一種很大的空間。

落到用處:這一門與第七門對讀最好。第七門說心像什麼,這一門說心到哪裡。

後半諸句之所以然要逐句看(此舉其四),才知道「周遍」在後半已經換了意思。「周遍一切眾生心,悉知根、欲、習氣故」——周遍眾生不是覆蓋了多少人,是知得到根、欲、習氣這三層;不知這三層,人再多也只是旁觀。「周遍一切無邊心,知諸幻網差別故」——無邊之遍,繫於知幻網之差別,不是量的無盡。「周遍一切無礙心,不住自心、他心故」——這一句最要緊:無礙不是能通到別人心裡,是自心他心兩處都不住;有一處可住,就有一處成礙。「周遍一切自在心,一念普現成佛故」——自在之遍在一念,不在時劫之長。

第十門 根——十種向法的根

問:這裡的「根」是什麼?不是眼耳鼻舌之根——那要到第三十九門以後才講。這裡的根是能生之義,指信、進、念、定、慧一類的根。

十根依次是歡喜、希望、不退、安住、微細、不休息、如金剛、金剛光焰、無差別、無礙際。前四根講入門處——見佛而信不壞、聞法而能悟解、作事而能究竟、行菩薩行而不斷;後六根講深處——入般若的微妙理、究竟眾生事、證知諸法性、普照佛境界、知一切如來同一身、深入如來十力。

澄觀判初地十門為三段,「後四明意」——第七門心、第八門發心、第九門周遍心、第十門根這四門屬意業。所以這十根是就內在的能生之力說的。

排一個誤:「無差別根,一切如來同一身故」不是說諸佛沒有分別。是說在證知的這一邊,見諸佛同一法身,故無差別。

落到用處:根是能生。哪一根還沒有立起來,看哪一種法在自己這裡總是生不出來,就知道了。

第十一門 深心——十處不染不雜

問:什麼樣的心叫「深」?

經文的答法是列十件它不做的事和它做的事:不染世間法、不雜二乘道、了達佛菩提、隨順一切智智道、不為眾魔外道所動、淨修如來圓滿智、受持一切所聞法、不著一切受生處、具足一切微細智、修一切諸佛法。十句裡有四句是遮(不染、不雜、不動、不著),六句是表(了達、隨順、淨修、受持、具足、修)。

排一個誤:「不雜一切二乘道深心」不是貶低二乘。第二十二門「離生道」結句自己說得清楚——「亦不雜二乘之行」,說的是不夾雜,不是說二乘之行不好。經文的立場是不混,不是相輕。

落到用處:深心之所以難,難在它不是一時的用力,而是一個不被拉走的定向。十句裡任何一句被拉走,深心就淺了。

第十二門 增上深心——深心之上再進一層

問:深心已經是深了,「增上」又加了什麼?

看十句就明白:不退轉、離疑惑、正持、最勝、為主、廣大、上首、自在、安住、無休息。上一門的深心講的是『不被什麼奪走』,這一門講的是『在其中能做主』——「為主增上深心,一切佛法自在故」「上首增上深心,一切所作成辦故」。從守得住,到用得動,這就是增上。

排一個誤:「離疑惑增上深心,解一切如來密語故」——這裡的密語不是祕密的話,是深隱難解之語。所離的疑惑,是聽不懂佛語時起的猶豫,不是理性的探問。

落到用處:法上的長進常有兩個階段:先是不被境奪,再是在境中能起用。這一門就是第二個階段的檢查表。

「自在」「安住」兩句的限定,最容易被讀漏。「自在增上深心,一切三昧神通變化莊嚴故」——自在不是隨心所欲,是三昧、神通、變化三事俱以莊嚴而成;沒有這三事作底,所謂自在只是無拘。「安住增上深心,攝受本願故」——安住之所以能安,繫於攝受本願;不繫本願的安住,是停住,不是安住。再看「正持增上深心,大願大行所流故」——正持之所以能持,因為它是大願大行流出來的,不是自己撐住的。三句合看,增上深心的「增上」全在有所繫:繫於三昧、繫於本願、繫於大願大行。

第十三門 勤修——六度加上慈悲與佛力

問:這一門為什麼要在深心之後才講?

因為前面講的都是心地,這一門開始講事上的用功。十句的前六句正是六度——布施、持戒、忍辱、精進、禪定、智慧;後四句是大慈、大悲、覺悟如來十力、不退法輪。六度是自行之基,後四是利他與趣佛之極。

澄觀自配十地,明說起門:「第二、『十種深心』下六門,明第二地中行」;古德科則以「十種勤修」下九門為「造修離障行,寄二三地」——這些都是疏家的配位語,繫屬於古德與澄觀,經文本身不說。

排一個誤:「持戒勤修,頭陀苦行,少欲知足,無所欺故」——末三字是關鍵。頭陀不是為了苦,是為了不欺。若持戒而心裡仍存欺誑,這一句就落空了。

落到用處:六度人人會背,這一門的用處在每一度後面那個「故」字。布施的所以然是「不求報」,忍辱的所以然是「離自他想」。所以然若丟了,六度就成了項目清單。

後四句裡的大慈大悲,經文給的所以然不是情,是見。「大慈勤修,知諸眾生無自性故」——慈之能勤,繫於知眾生無自性;若見有一個實在的人可憐,慈就有量,勤不到底。「大悲勤修,知諸法空,普代一切眾生受苦無疲厭故」——悲之能勤,繫於知諸法空;知空,所以代受而不疲厭。慈悲在此不被說成心軟,被說成兩種見之用。末二句同理:覺悟十力之所以要勤,是「了達無礙示眾生故」;不退法輪之所以要勤,是「轉至一切眾生心故」——都不停在自證上。

第十四門 決定解——十一句而總名為十

問:這一門經文列了十一句,為什麼結句仍作「是為十」?

經文如此,門名之數以「十」為則,句有十一。這一類參差經中不少,逐字照錄不作調整。至於「決定解」,是於境審決、不可被引轉的勝解——最上、莊嚴、廣大、寂滅、普遍、堪任、堅固、明斷、現前、紹隆、自在,每一句下都繫著它的所以然。

排一個誤:決定解不是固執。「廣大決定解,其心未曾狹劣故」一句就把這個誤解擋住了——決定與寬廣在此是同一件事的兩面。固執的心是狹劣的,正好與這一句相反。

落到用處:人心多疑,多半不是因為證據不足,是因為解不決定。這一門說的是:解一旦決定,心反而寬。

十一句逐句都有所以然,其中兩句最見這一門的分寸。「堪任決定解,能受佛力加持故」——堪任不是自負能承擔,是承得起佛力的加持;能受,才叫堪任。「明斷決定解,了知一切業報故」——明斷所斷者是業報之理,不是斷別人的是非;把「明斷」讀成敢於評斷他人,就走反了。其餘如「寂滅決定解,能入甚深法性故」——寂滅之解繫於能入法性,不是無所感;「紹隆決定解,一切佛所得記故」——紹隆之解繫於得記,不是自許承擔。十一句合看,決定解句句繫於所對之法,沒有一句繫於自信。

第十五門 決定解知諸世界——世界與世界怎麼互入

問:「一切世界入一世界」,這話怎麼可能?

經文沒有先講理,直接列了十句:一切世界入一世界、一世界入一切世界、一如來身一蓮華座周遍一切世界、一切世界皆如虛空、具佛莊嚴、菩薩充滿、入一毛孔、入一眾生身、一佛菩提樹一佛道場周遍、一音普遍而令諸眾生各別了知。十句一路把「大」放進「小」裡去。

排一個誤:這不是空間的擠壓。第四句「知一切世界皆如虛空」是關鍵——正因為世界如虛空而無質礙,才談得上相入。若世界是實質的塊,相入就是硬把東西塞進東西。

落到用處:這一門要配著「決定解」三個字讀。它列的不是奇景,是一種對世界的看法之決定——世界之所以能互入,是因為它本來就不是一塊一塊的實體。

第十六門 決定解知眾生界——眾生界怎麼互入

問:上一門講世界互入,這一門講眾生界互入,兩門有什麼不同?

上一門講器世間,這一門講有情。十句依次是:眾生界本性無實、一切眾生界入一眾生身、入菩薩身、入如來藏、一眾生身普入一切眾生界、一切眾生界堪為諸佛法器、隨欲現釋梵護世身、隨欲現聲聞獨覺寂靜威儀、現菩薩功德莊嚴身、現如來相好寂靜威儀而開悟眾生。前五句講相入,後五句講隨機示現。

排一個誤:首句「本性無實」不是說眾生不存在。它是後面九句的門檻——正因為不是實有的定體,才有相入與隨現可言。若把它讀成虛無,後九句的度生之事全部落空。

落到用處:這一門講的其實是一種看人的方式。看見一個人,同時看見他堪為諸佛法器——這一句是十句中最能當下用的。

第十七門 習氣——把「習氣」當成好事來說

問:習氣不是要斷的東西嗎?這一門怎麼說菩薩「有十種習氣」?

因為習氣本義是熏習所成的餘勢,本身無善惡。這一門列的十種是:菩提心、善根、教化眾生、見佛、於清淨世界受生、行、願、波羅蜜、思惟平等法、種種境界差別。全是善法所熏成的餘勢。結句才把兩邊接起來:「則永離一切煩惱習氣,得如來大智習氣非習氣智。」

排一個誤:末句「習氣非習氣智」不是繞口令。前一個習氣是就熏成之勢說,後一個「非習氣」是就其中無執說——已成自然而不落在執取上,這才是佛地的習氣。

落到用處:修行有一個很實在的判準:什麼事已經成了不必勉強的習慣。這一門說,善法熏到成為習氣,才算數。

澄觀判此門起為三地之科:「第三『十種習氣』下五門,明三地中行。」——此為疏家配位,繫屬澄觀。

第十八門 取——十種取而不斷菩薩行

問:佛法處處說不取,這一門怎麼說「有十種取」?

門名自己已經帶了限定:「有十種取,以此不斷諸菩薩行。」取一切眾生界為究竟教化、取一切世界為究竟嚴淨、取如來為供養、取善根為積集相好、取大悲為滅眾生苦、取大慈為與眾生一切智樂、取波羅蜜、取善巧方便、取菩提,末一句總說「菩薩取一切法,於一切處悉以明智而現了故」。

排一個誤:這裡的取不是貪取。結句把答案給了:「則能不斷諸菩薩行,得一切如來無上無所取法。」——取的終點是無所取。取,是在未到無所取之前,用來不讓菩薩行斷掉的那一手。

落到用處:一個人若因為怕執著而什麼都不擔,菩薩行就先斷了。這一門說的是:在還沒有到無所取的地方,該擔的要擔起來。

第七至第九句的所以然,把「取」的分際說得最清楚。「取波羅蜜,積集菩薩諸莊嚴故」——取六度不是取一套功課,是為積集莊嚴;莊嚴是所成之相,不是所執之物。「取善巧方便,於一切處皆示現故」——取方便的理由是要處處現得出來;若取了方便而只留在自己手上,這一取就落空。「取菩提,得無礙智故」——連取菩提都繫著一個所以然:為得無礙智;不繫此,取菩提也成一種佔有。三句同一格式:所取者是手段,所以然指向利他之用,取才不成貪。

第十九門 修——十件所修之事

問:這一門十句短得出奇——修諸波羅蜜、修學、修慧、修義、修法、修出離、修示現、修勤行匪懈、修成等正覺、修轉正法輪。為什麼不加解釋?

因為它是一張目次。前六句是自利的次第:波羅蜜為總、學為入、慧為體、義為所解、法為所依、出離為所趣;後四句轉向利他與成果:示現、勤行不懈、成等正覺、轉正法輪。結句也短:「則得無上修修一切法」。

排一個誤:「修示現」不是修神通。它與後面「轉正法輪」同屬利他一截,指的是為教化而現身現事。

落到用處:這一門像一張總表。前面第十三門講勤修之行相,這一門講所修之項目——一個講怎麼修,一個講修什麼。

第二十門 成就佛法——十件使佛法在自己這裡站住的事

問:佛法本來現成,怎麼還要「成就」?

這裡的成就,是就自己這一邊說的。十句:不離善知識、深信佛語、不謗正法、以無量無盡善根迴向、信解如來境界無邊際、知一切世界境界、不捨法界境界、遠離諸魔境界、正念一切諸佛境界、樂求如來十力境界。前四句講態度,後六句一連用了六個「境界」,講所信解之處。

排一個誤:「深信佛語成就佛法」不是要人不思而信。第五句「信解如來境界無邊際」用的是「信解」二字——信與解並舉,信不是解的替代品。

落到用處:這十句與下一門正好一正一反,配著讀最省力。這一門說做什麼佛法會成,下一門說做什麼佛法會退。

第二十一門 退失佛法——十件應當遠離的事

問:這一門為什麼在門名裡就直接加上「應當遠離」四字?

因為前面各門都是可安住之法,唯獨這一門是要離的,經文特地在門名上作了標記。十句:輕慢善知識、畏生死苦、厭修菩薩行、不樂住世間、耽著三昧、執取善根、誹謗正法、斷菩薩行、樂二乘道、嫌恨諸菩薩。

排一個誤:其中兩句最容易被忽略——「耽著三昧」與「執取善根」。退失佛法的原因不全是惡事,好事執住了一樣退。這是這一門最值得記的一句。

落到用處:十句裡凡與人有關的佔了三句——輕慢善知識、嫌恨諸菩薩、誹謗正法。修行退轉,常常先退在人與人之間。

結句給了出路:「若諸菩薩遠離此法,則入菩薩離生道。」——下一門的門名,就從這裡接出來。

第二十二門 離生道——十句「而」字撐開的兩頭

問:這一門是本段最要緊的一門,門名裡的「離生」離的是什麼?

結句自己作了解釋:「出離世間,不與世共,而亦不雜二乘之行。」離的是生死之生,不是離開世間眾生。十句每一句都是一個「而」字撐開的兩頭:出生般若而恒觀察眾生、遠離諸見而度脫見縛眾生、不念一切相而不捨著相眾生、超過三界而常在一切世界、永離煩惱而與眾生共居、得離欲法而以大悲哀愍著欲眾生、常樂寂靜而恒示現眷屬、離世間生而死此生彼起菩薩行、不染世間法而不斷世間所作、諸佛菩提已現前而不捨菩薩願行。

排一個誤:不要把前半句當作正面、後半句當作讓步。經文的兩頭是同時成立的——離而不棄,正是這一品名字的意思。李通玄釋全品之名也取這一義,說菩薩「雖行普賢萬行,不染世間」,所以叫〈離世間品〉;這是通玄之判,繫屬於他。

澄觀判此門起為四地之科:「第四『離生道』下五門,明四地中行。」並釋其所以:「前三地寄同世間,有見等惑,猶如生食在腹。四地寄同出世,對治清淨能離彼生」——此為疏家配位與譬解,繫屬澄觀。

落到用處:這一門是判斷自己修得對不對的一把尺。若修到與人越離越遠,這十句每一句都在說不是。

第二十三門 決定法——十件定了就不再動的事

問:與第十四門的「決定解」有什麼不同?

決定解是就見說,決定法是就位說。十句全用「決定」起頭:決定於如來種族中生、於諸佛境界中住、了知菩薩所作事、安住諸波羅蜜、得預如來眾會、能顯如來種性、安住如來力、深入佛菩提、與一切如來同一身、與一切如來所住無有二。前五句講入眾之定,後五句講與佛同體之定。

排一個誤:這一門沒有「若諸菩薩安住此法」的勝益句,結在「是為十」上。經文如此,不必替它補。

落到用處:這十句的口氣是宣告式的。它要處理的是修行人心裡那句『我到底算不算數』——十個「決定」,就是十次確認。

第二十四門 出生佛法道——使佛法在自己這裡長出來的十條路

問:上面才說過「成就佛法」,這裡又說「出生佛法道」,差在哪裡?

差在一個「生」字。成就是使其立住,出生是使其長出。十句:隨順善友、深心信解、發大誓願、忍自善根、一切劫修行無厭足、阿僧祇世界皆示現、不斷菩薩行、無量心、殊勝行、如來種。每一句下都繫著所以然,末一句最寬——「如來種是出生佛法道,令一切眾生樂發菩提心,以一切善法資持故」。

排一個誤:「忍自善根是出生佛法道,知業不失故」——「忍」在這裡是忍可、認定之義,不是忍耐。認定自己所作的善根不會白費,這是能長久走下去的一個條件。

落到用處:十句的第一句仍是善友。第二十門的第一句也是善知識。經文兩次把它放在第一位,不是偶然。

結句接出下一門:「則得大丈夫名號。」

首二句與第七句的所以然值得逐句看。「隨順善友是出生佛法道,同種善根故」——善友之所以能生佛法,在於同種善根;不是靠他指點,是與他所種同一種善根,所以隨順才有實義。「深心信解是出生佛法道,知佛自在故」——信解之所以能生,在於知佛之自在;所信者若不是佛之自在,信只是安心。第七句「不斷菩薩行是出生佛法道,增長大悲故」——菩薩行不斷所生者不是功德之積,是大悲之增長;以大悲為所生,這一門才與前面的「成就佛法」分得開。

第二十五門 大丈夫名號——十個薩埵之名

問:為什麼要講名號?名號不是外在的稱呼嗎?

因為經文的十個名號每一個都繫著一個實德:菩提薩埵是「菩提智所生」、摩訶薩埵是「安住大乘」、第一薩埵是「證第一法」、勝薩埵是「覺悟勝法」、最勝薩埵是「智慧最勝」、上薩埵是「起上精進」、無上薩埵是「開示無上法」、力薩埵是「廣知十力」、無等薩埵是「世間無比」、不思議薩埵是「一念成佛」。名是果,德是因;有其德方有其名。

排一個誤:這十名不是十個等級。它們是同一個菩薩從十個角度得的稱呼,不是修上去的十階。

落到用處:結句說「若諸菩薩得此名號,則成就菩薩道」——名號在此不是頭銜,是自我認定。人怎麼稱呼自己,就往哪裡走。

第二十六門 道——從一數到十的一條路

問:這一門為什麼特別長?

因為它一句就是一組法數,從一數到十:一道是不捨獨一菩提心;二道是智慧與方便;三道是空、無相、無願;四行是懺悔、隨喜、勸請、迴向;五根是信、進、念、定、慧;六通是天眼、天耳、他心、宿命、神足、漏盡;七念是念佛、法、僧、捨、戒、天、眾生;八聖道是正見乃至正定;九次第定是從離欲恚害到滅受想;十力是是處非處智乃至漏盡智。一到十,十組法門串成一條菩薩道。

排一個誤:這一門的每一組都被改寫過,不是照搬聲聞的法數。六通的天眼是「知諸眾生死此生彼」而為度生,漏盡智是「現證實際,起菩薩行不斷絕」;九次第定最明顯——「雖住滅一切想受定,而亦不息菩薩行故」。同樣的法數,落在菩薩身上就多一個不捨眾生的尾巴。這是這一門真正要教的事。

落到用處:許多人以為大乘另有一套法門。這一門說不是——法數是同一套,用心不同而已。

八正、九次第定、十力三組,經文逐支都改過,不可略過。八正之首作「行正見道,遠離一切諸邪見故」——正見之為道在遠離邪見,不在自立一見;正命一支寫得最長:「安住正命,頭陀知足,威儀審正,隨順菩提行四聖種,一切過失皆永離故」——命之正繫於四聖種與威儀,不是職業之選;末支「心常正定,善入菩薩不思議解脫門,於一三昧中出生一切諸三昧故」——正定的判準是一三昧中能出生一切三昧,不是能久坐。九次第定逐支皆作「而」字轉:初支「離欲恚害,而以一切語業說法無礙」,第五支「從此不動,入無色定,而亦不捨欲、色受生」——入定而不捨受生,這是與二乘分途之處。十力首作「善知是處、非處智」,末作「善知一切眾生樂欲、諸使、惑習滅盡智,而不捨離諸菩薩行」——十力數盡而仍以不捨菩薩行收尾,與六通之末「漏盡智,現證實際,起菩薩行不斷絕故」同一手法。中間五支亦各有所以然:正思惟是「捨妄分別,心常隨順一切智故」;正語是「離語四過,順聖言故」;正業是「教化眾生令調伏故」;正精進是「勤修一切菩薩苦行,入佛十力無罣礙故」;正念是「悉能憶持一切言音,除滅世間散動心故」——支支之後都綴一個故字,所以然全在利生與入佛智,不在自了。九次第定中間三轉亦然:「滅除覺觀,而以一切智覺觀教化眾生」,滅的是粗細尋伺,用的是一切智之覺觀;「捨離喜愛,而見一切佛,心大歡喜」,捨的是禪喜,得的是見佛之喜;「離世間樂,而隨順出世菩薩道樂」,離的是世樂,順的是道樂;末支「雖住滅一切想受定,而亦不息菩薩行」,入了最深的定仍不停菩薩行。十力中間八項,經文各繫一智:業報因果之智、隨根說法之智、種種性之智、令入法方便之智、普現如來形相威儀而不捨菩薩行之智、方便出生諸菩薩解脫門之智、死此生彼差別之智、一念悉知三世劫數之智——每一項都從聲聞十力的知,轉成菩薩度生的用。

第二十七門 無量道——十樣無量,所以道無量

在講這一門之前,經文先給了一句總標:「佛子!菩薩摩訶薩有無量道、無量助道、無量修道、無量莊嚴道。」這一句沒有「何等為十」,也沒有「是為十」,只是預告下面四門,不自成一門。扣掉它,本段答文恰好五十門,與澄觀的「五十門」、法藏的「五百句」相符。

問:菩薩道為什麼無量?

經文的答法很整齊:不是說道本身大得沒有邊,而是把道的量繫在十樣別的東西上——虛空無量、法界無邊、眾生界無盡、世界無際、劫數不可盡、眾生語言法無量、如來身無量、佛音聲無量、如來力無量、一切智智無量,所以菩薩道也無量。

排一個誤:這十句不是十種道,是同一條道被十種尺量出的十次無量。若讀成十條,這一門就散了。

落到用處:修行人常怕『做不完』。這一門說,做不完正是它的性質——因為所對的境本來無量。

第二十八門 無量助道——所集的資糧也一樣無量

問:道無量了,為什麼還要再講助道無量?

因為道是所行,助道是所集。上一門說道之量繫於境,這一門說所集之資糧也隨之無量,句式一一對應:如虛空界無量則所集助道無量,如法界無邊則無邊,如眾生界無盡則無盡,如世界無際則無際,如劫數不可盡則一切世間說不能盡。後五句稍變,把菩薩的作用寫進去了——「菩薩出一言音周遍法界,一切眾生無不聞知故,所集助道亦無量」。

排一個誤:「助道」不是次要之道。它是成道所需之資糧,六度萬行皆在其中;「助」是相對於果說的,不是相對於重要性說的。

落到用處:這一門與上一門連讀,會發現經文在同一件事上說了兩遍:所對的境無量,所集的資也無量。既然如此,急就沒有道理。

後五句所以稍變,是因為所比之境從界、劫換成了眾生語言法與佛、菩薩的作用。「如眾生語言法無量,菩薩集助道出生智慧知語言法亦無量」——所集之助道在此直接生出一種智慧,是知語言法之智;「如如來身無量,菩薩集助道遍一切眾生、一切剎、一切世、一切劫亦無量」——所比者是如來身,所集者遍於四處,量之無盡落在遍上;「如佛力無量,菩薩承如來力積集助道亦無量」——這一句多了「承」字,助道之無量不全出於自力;末句「如一切智智無量,菩薩積集助道亦如是無有量」——以一切智智為比,是把前九句一齊收住。前五句以境之無量比,後五句以佛之無量比,這是這一門的兩截。

第二十九門 無量修道——修的十種樣子

問:這一門與第十九門「修」有什麼不同?

第十九門講修什麼,這一門講怎麼修——前八句全是遮詮,後二句是表詮:不來不去、不增不減、非有非無、如幻如夢如影如響如鏡中像如熱時焰如水中月、空無相無願無作、不可說無言說離言說、不壞法界、不壞真如實際、廣大智慧、住如來十力四無所畏一切智智平等。

排一個誤:遮詮不是什麼都不做。每一句下面都繫著一個正面的所以然——「空、無相、無願、無作修,明見三界而集福德不休息故」。遮的是執,不是行。這一句是全門的眼。

落到用處:修到一個地步,人會想『既然一切如幻,何必再修』。這一門的第五句就是答案:明見三界如幻,而集福德不休息。

頭三句的所以然是連著的,澄觀在他自釋己疏的地方把它收成三義:不起心、稱本性、遣修相。對照經文就看得出來:「不來不去修,身、語、意業無動作故」——不來不去所繫者是三業無動作,這是就定說;「不增不減修,如本性故」——不增不減所繫者是如本性,這是就觀智說;「非有非無修,無自性故」——非有非無所繫者是無自性,連前二修也不立。三句一層深一層。後半的兩句則把智慧的作用寫足:「不壞法界修,智慧現知一切法故」——不壞不是不動它,是智慧現知;「廣大智慧修,諸有所作力無盡故」——廣大之判準在所作之力無盡,不在所知之博。

第三十門 莊嚴道——十個『雖……而……』

問:這一門的十句為什麼特別長?

因為每一句都要把兩頭同時說完。不離欲界而入色無色界禪定卻不受生彼處、入聲聞道而不取出離、入辟支佛道而起大悲無休息、有百千采女歌舞侍從而未曾暫捨三昧、與眾生共受欲樂而不捨平等三昧、已到世間彼岸而不捨度生之行、安住正道而示入邪道令彼離邪、常持淨戒而示行凡愚之行乃至示生地獄畜生餓鬼、為無上師而示行尊敬闍梨和尚、得一切如來灌頂而仍於一切國土示現受生。

第九第十兩句還特地加了「何以故」自問自答——第九答「菩薩摩訶薩善巧方便住菩薩道,隨其所應皆為示現」,第十答「菩薩欲疾證阿耨多羅三藐三菩提,觀一切智門修菩薩行無休息故」。

排一個誤:「示行一切凡愚之行」「示生於一切地獄」不是說菩薩真的墮落。經文自己加了一句釘死:「而實菩薩不生彼趣」。示與實要分開。

落到用處:這一門講的是一種本事——能進去而不被黏住。修行人常在兩邊為難:入世怕染,出世怕冷。這十句說的是第三條路。

第九、第十兩句還各有一組限定,不看便讀不出這兩句何以特別長。第九句起於「不由他教,得無礙辯」——不由他教是這一句的根,以下的智慧光明、與諸佛同一法身、諸佛境界現前,全是從這四字展開的;展到最後卻落在「雖實與眾生作無上師,而示行尊敬闍梨和尚」,自問自答曰「菩薩摩訶薩善巧方便住菩薩道,隨其所應皆為示現」。第十句則接連用了一串「不」字作限:「不廢菩薩行,不捨菩薩法,不懈菩薩業,不離菩薩道」,下更續以不弛、不斷、不息、不絕、不厭、不止六事。灌頂已得、自在已成,而十事一無所減——這才是第十句所以要說得這麼長的道理。

第三十一門 足——一舉步就遍至一切世界

從這一門起,經文改用身體說話。先問:為什麼從足講起?

因為足是能行。十足是持戒、精進、神通、神力、深心、堅誓、隨順、樂法、法雨、修行——沒有一樣是腳。持戒之所以為足,因為「殊勝大願悉成滿」;精進之所以為足,因為「集一切菩提分法不退轉」。法藏把十足分作五組:初二約行(戒、進)、次二約通、次二約心(信、願)、次二約法(護、聽)、後二約德——神通與神力也是足,是約通說的兩足。結句才把譬喻收回來:「則得如來無上最勝足,若一舉步,悉能遍至一切世界。」

排一個誤:足是行的能力,不是行走的器官——法藏於十身說「行法為身」,於十足則明列約行、約通、約心、約法、約德五組;所以神通神力之足不可抹去,也不可把十足的結果只歸給持戒與精進。

落到用處:這一門的十足,第一是持戒。行得遠不遠,先看站不站得穩。

古德科作「四從『十種足』下二十門,報相圓滿行,寄八地已上位」——此為古德之科,澄觀引錄而另立己說,其末科作「十種首」下十三門。

法藏還替十足兩兩分了組:「於中,初二約行,一戒、一進;次二約通;一總、一別;次二約心,一信、一願;次二約法,一護、一聽;後二約德,一福、一斷。」依這個框看下去,十足才不只是戒與進兩隻。約通的兩隻是神通與神力,一總一別:「神通足,隨眾生欲令歡喜故」是總說隨欲,「神力足,不離一佛剎往一切佛剎故」是別說不動而至。約心的兩隻是深心與堅誓:「深心足,願求一切殊勝法故」是所求,「堅誓足,一切所作咸究竟故」是所成。約法的兩隻是隨順與樂法:「隨順足,不違一切尊者教故」是受,「樂法足,聞持一切佛所說法不疲懈故」是持。約德的兩隻是法雨與修行:「法雨足,為眾演說無怯弱故」是與人之福,「修行足,一切諸惡悉遠離故」是自斷之德。十足兩兩成對,一自一他、一總一別,走得遠不遠,看的是這五對齊不齊。

第三十二門 手——十隻接引人的手

問:足講能行,手講什麼?

講接引。深信手是對佛所說一向忍可、布施手是隨人所欲令其充滿、先意問訊手是「舒展右掌相迎引」、供養諸佛手、多聞善巧手是斷人疑惑、令超三界手是「授與眾生拔出欲泥」、置於彼岸手是「四暴流中救溺眾生」、不吝正法手、善用眾論手是「以智慧藥滅身心病」、恒持智寶手是「開法光明破煩惱闇」。

排一個誤:這十手裡有一隻特別樸素——先意問訊手,舒開右掌迎接人。十件事裡九件是法上的大事,一件只是先開口打招呼。經文把它並列,是有意的。

落到用處:手是伸出去的。這一門逐句問的是:我對人伸過幾種手。

十手中有兩隻沒有把所以然說在人身上,值得單看。「供養諸佛手,集眾福德無疲厭故」——這一隻不是伸向人的,是伸向佛的;供養之為手,繫於集福德而不疲厭,仍是一種能與。「不吝正法手,所有妙法悉以開示故」——所以然只有一句:所有妙法悉以開示;不吝的判準不是心裡捨得,是實際上開示了沒有、開示了多少。再看第一隻「深信手,於佛所說,一向忍可,究竟受持故」——接引人的十手,第一隻先伸向佛所說之法;受得住,才拿得出去。

第三十三門 腹——一個容得下人的心地

問:腹能講什麼法?

經文講的是內在的質地。離諂曲腹是心清淨、離幻偽腹是性質直、不虛假腹是無險詖、無欺奪腹是於一切物無所貪、斷煩惱腹是具智慧、清淨心腹是離諸惡、觀察飲食腹是念如實法、觀察無作腹是覺悟緣起、覺悟一切出離道腹是善成熟深心、遠離一切邊見垢腹是令一切眾生得入佛腹。

排一個誤:「觀察飲食腹」不是講飲食之節。它繫的所以然是「念如實法」——以觀食為門而念如實法,重點在後半。

落到用處:腹在人身是最藏得住東西的地方,所以經文拿它講心裡藏著什麼。結句說「則得如來無上廣大腹,悉能容受一切眾生」——心裡先不藏諂曲幻偽,才容得下人。

第三十四門 藏——十個不使斷絕的庫藏

問:藏是什麼意思?

是含藏、是庫。十藏的前三句是三寶:不斷佛種、增長法種、住持僧種。中間三句是三聚眾生:覺悟正定聚、究竟成熟不定聚、為邪定聚發起大悲。後四句是佛德:滿十力不可壞因、最勝無畏大師子吼、得十八不共法、普了知一切眾生一切剎一切法一切佛。三寶、三聚、佛德,十句分三組。

排一個誤:「為邪定眾生發起大悲是菩薩藏,令未來因悉得成就故」——邪定聚是難度之機,經文不說捨,說「發起大悲」而「令未來因悉得成就」。現在度不了,就種未來的因。這一句是十藏中最寬的一句。

落到用處:藏之為藏,在於不斷。這一門逐句問的是:什麼東西經過我而沒有斷。

三聚之中,正定與不定兩句的所以然要對著看。「覺悟正定眾生是菩薩藏,善隨其時不逾一念故」——正定聚是已定得度之機,難處不在能不能度,在時候;「不逾一念」四字說的是不錯過,早一念遲一念都不是。「究竟成熟不定眾生是菩薩藏,令因相續無有間斷故」——不定聚可上可下,所以用的不是「隨時」,是「因相續」;使他所種之因一路接得下去,不斷,久了自然熟。同是度生,一句用時,一句用續,第三句邪定聚則用大悲與未來因。三句三法,隨機不同。

第三十五門 心(第二處)——這一門的心與第七門不同

問:第七門已經講過「十種心」,為什麼這裡又講一次?

門名相同,所講不同。第七門以十物為喻講心之體性;這一門講心在作事上的十個樣子:精勤、不懈、大勇健、如理行、不退轉、性清淨、知眾生、令入佛法大梵住、空無相無願無作、卐字相金剛堅固勝藏莊嚴。前五句講作事之力,中二句講對己對人之知,後三句講心之所安。澄觀說此門之心梵語是纈唎陀耶,即肉團心,對其餘諸藏而言;初地的心則是質多,慮知心,對身口而言。

十句各有所以然,逐句看:精勤心,「一切所作悉究竟故」——勤在做到底;不懈心,「積集相好福德行故」——不懈在積福;大勇健心,「摧破一切諸魔軍故」;如理行心,「除滅一切諸煩惱故」——如理是對治煩惱的行法,不是義理上的順從;不退轉心,「乃至菩提終不息故」;性清淨心,「知心不動無所著故」——清淨不是無事,是知其不動而不著;知眾生心,「隨其解欲令出離故」——知人是為了讓人出離;令入佛法大梵住心,「知諸眾生種種解欲,不以別乘而救護故」——知其解欲各異,卻不以別乘救護;空、無相、無願、無作心,「見三界相不取著故」——三解脫門落在心上,是見相而不取;卐字相金剛堅固勝藏莊嚴心,「一切眾生數等魔來乃至不能動一毛故」。前五是作事之力,中二是知,後三是安——十句合起來,是一顆心在十地作事時的十個面。

排一個誤:末句「卐字相金剛堅固勝藏莊嚴心,一切眾生數等魔來乃至不能動一毛故」不是講神力護身。它與第七門的「如金剛圍山心,諸魔外道不能動故」是同一路——就此門之肉團心說,是約事;就法說,鈔說「約法皆十融無盡」——所以末句既有心之不可動,亦有肉團之不可動,二義並存,不偏取一邊。

落到用處:「令入佛法大梵住心,知諸眾生種種解欲,不以別乘而救護故」一句最堪玩味:知道人各有各的解與欲,卻不因此就換一套法去哄他。

第三十六門 被甲——十件穿在身上的鎧

問:既已有心之堅固,何必再說鎧甲?

心之堅固是體,被甲是相。十甲:大慈甲救護眾生、大悲甲堪忍諸苦、大願甲一切所作究竟、迴向甲建立佛莊嚴、福德甲饒益眾生、波羅蜜甲度脫含識、智慧甲滅煩惱闇、善巧方便甲生普門善根、一切智心堅固不散亂甲不樂餘乘、一心決定甲於法離疑。

排一個誤:甲是防護之具,但這十甲沒有一件是為了保護自己。大慈甲是「救護一切眾生」,大悲甲是「堪忍一切諸苦」——穿甲的目的是能挨得住,好去做事,不是躲。

落到用處:這一門與下一門是一對——先穿甲,再持仗;先能受,再能破。

第三十七門 器仗——連煩惱與生死都成了兵器

問:這一門最奇的一句是「貪、瞋、癡等一切煩惱是菩薩器仗」。煩惱怎麼會是兵器?

經文自己給了所以然:「以煩惱門度眾生故」下一句同理:「生死是菩薩器仗,不斷菩薩行教化眾生故」前六句還是常法——布施破慳吝、持戒棄毀犯、平等斷分別、智慧滅煩惱、正命離邪命、善巧方便處處示現;到第七句忽然一轉,把應斷的拿來當兵器用。

排一個誤:這不是說可以放任煩惱。「以煩惱門度眾生」是就示現與同事說的,與第三十門示行凡愚之行而「實菩薩不生彼趣」一路。能用它的前提,是已經不被它用。次第若倒過來,這一句就成了藉口。

落到用處:這一門讓人重新看自己身上那些除不掉的東西——在還除不掉的時候,至少可以拿它去體會別人。

煩惱與生死之後,經文還有兩句,是這一門的收處。「說如實法是菩薩器仗,能破一切執著故」——前面把煩惱說成兵器,容易讓人以為什麼都能用;這一句把所破者點回來:所要破的是執著。「一切智是菩薩器仗,不捨菩薩行門故」——末一句所以然不在破,在不捨;一切智是最後一件兵器,它的用處是使菩薩行門不被捨掉。前八句說破什麼,末二句說破的準的與不破的底線,十句才收得住。

第三十八門 首——十種居上而不輕人的頭

從這一門起是澄觀所判的末後十三門。他說:「第十『十種首』下十三門,明十地行,十地德圓故,寄六根四儀業用明之。且分為三:初一總標德首、次六六根勝德、後六四儀成規。」——首一門總標,眼耳鼻舌身意六門是六根,行住坐臥與所住處、所行處六門是四儀。此為疏家之科,繫屬澄觀。

問:頭在人身居上,這一門講的是不是高位?

十首:涅槃首無能見頂、尊敬首人天敬禮、廣大勝解首三千界中最勝、第一善根首三界眾生咸供養、荷戴眾生首成就頂上肉髻相、不輕賤他首於一切處常尊勝、般若波羅蜜首長養功德法、方便智相應首普現同類身、教化一切眾生首以眾生為弟子、守護諸佛法眼首令三寶種不斷絕。

排一個誤:第六句「不輕賤他首,於一切處常尊勝故」把話說反了——之所以常尊勝,正因為不輕賤他人。若把居上讀成高人一等,這一句就把讀法駁回了。

落到用處:第五句「荷戴眾生首」尤其實在。頭是用來頂東西的,頂的是眾生。

第三十九門 眼——十種看見

問:從這一門起是六根,先講眼。這十眼與常說的五眼有什麼關係?

前五眼正是肉眼、天眼、慧眼、法眼、佛眼,後五眼是智眼、光明眼、出生死眼、無礙眼、一切智眼。每一眼繫一所見:肉眼見一切色、天眼見一切眾生心、慧眼見諸根境界、法眼見諸法如實相、佛眼見如來十力、智眼知見諸法、光明眼見佛光明、出生死眼見涅槃、無礙眼所見無障、一切智眼見普門法界。

順帶一提,這一門經文只作「有十種眼。所謂」,沒有「何等為十」一問;末句作「則得如來無上大智慧眼」而未加句點。底本如此,逐字照錄。

排一個誤:這十眼不是十個器官,是十種所見。眼在此是『看見什麼』的能力之名。

落到用處:這一門可以當作一張自查表:我現在看人,看見的是色,是心,還是根性。

第四十門 耳——十種聽見之後所起的行

問:耳這一門與眼這一門的體例為什麼不同?

眼是十眼各見一境,耳是十次聽見各起一行——聞讚歎聲就斷貪愛、聞毀呰聲就斷瞋恚、聞說二乘不著不求、聞菩薩道歡喜踊躍、聞苦難處起大悲發弘誓、聞人天勝妙之事知其無常、聞讚佛功德就勤加精進、聞六度四攝就發心修行、聞十方音聲知其如響、從初發心至道場常聞正法而不捨化眾生事。

排一個誤:第一二句最容易讀反。聽到讚歎時斷的是貪愛,聽到毀謗時斷的是瞋恚——不是聽到讚歎就高興、聽到毀謗就忍耐。順逆二境各自對治所應對治,這才是這兩句的意思。

落到用處:這一門是六根六門裡最能當天用的。耳朵一天要收多少話,每一句進來時,起的是什麼。

第四十一門 鼻——十種聞香而不隨香轉

問:鼻能講什麼法?

前四句講平等:聞臭不以為臭、聞香不以為香、香臭俱聞其心平等、非香非臭安住於捨。後六句講由香而知:聞衣服臥具肢體之香就知彼貪恚愚癡等分之行、聞伏藏草木之香如對目前、聞下至阿鼻上至有頂眾生之香知彼過去所行、聞聲聞的施戒多聞慧香而住一切智心不散動、聞菩薩行香以平等慧入如來地、聞佛智境界香而不廢捨菩薩行。

排一個誤:「聞諸香氣不以為香」不是麻木。前四句講的是不隨境轉,後六句立刻證明鼻的分辨力極細——不隨轉不等於分不清。這兩截合看,才是這一門的意思。

落到用處:最後一句最要緊:聞到佛智境界之香,也不廢捨菩薩行。連最高的香也不能把人從行裡拉走。

第四十二門 舌——十種說不盡的舌

問:第三門已經講過語,這裡的舌又講什麼?

第三門講說話的樣子,這一門講說法的能力之無盡。十舌:開示演說無盡眾生行、開示演說無盡法門、讚歎諸佛無盡功德、演暢辭辯無盡、開闡大乘助道、遍覆十方虛空、普照一切佛剎、普使眾生悟解、悉令諸佛歎喜、降伏諸魔外道除滅生死煩惱令至涅槃。前四句連用四個「無盡」,後六句講所及之處與所成之事。

排一個誤:「遍覆十方虛空舌」是就佛的廣長舌相之義而說,不是形容器官之大。這一路仍是行法為身。

落到用處:說法之難,不在會不會說,在說得盡不盡。這一門的四個「無盡」,是說法者的功課。

第四十三門 身(第二處)——同一個門名再次出現

問:第一門講身業、第二門講身,這裡又講身,三次有什麼不同?

第一門講身之作用,第二門以行法為身,這一門講為教化而現的身。十身:人身教化人、非人身教化地獄畜生餓鬼、天身教化三界眾生、學身示現學地、無學身示現阿羅漢地、獨覺身令入辟支佛地、菩薩身令成就大乘、如來身智水灌頂、意生身善巧出生、無漏法身以無功用示現一切眾生身。

排一個誤:這十身不是十個等級,是十類所化之機所對的十種現身。末一句最要緊——「無漏法身,以無功用示現一切眾生身故」:不必起念而自然示現。

落到用處:門名「身」再出(第一門是「身業」),經文並不避諱。同一個字在不同的地方講不同的事,是華嚴常有的體例;讀時要看它繫的所以然,不要看門名。

第四十四門 意——六根之末,講心念的樣子

問:六根到這一門收尾,意這一門講什麼?

十意:上首意發起一切善根、安住意深信堅固不動、深入意隨順佛法而解、內了意知眾生心樂、無亂意一切煩惱不雜、明淨意客塵不能染著、善觀眾生意無有一念失時、善擇所作意未曾一處生過、密護諸根意調伏不令馳散、善入三昧意深入佛三昧無我我所。

排一個誤:「密護諸根意」放在六根之末,位置是有意思的——前面講了眼耳鼻舌身,最後由意來守護它們。六根不是各自為政,意是總持。

落到用處:「善觀眾生意,無有一念失時故」一句最難。看人不難,難在不錯過時機。

第四十五門 行——四儀之首,十個走的方向

從這一門起是澄觀所判的四儀六門:行、住、坐、臥,加上所住處、所行處。此為疏家之科,繫屬澄觀。

問:行講什麼?

十行:聞法行愛樂於法、說法行利益眾生、離貪恚癡怖畏行調伏自心、欲界行教化欲界眾生、色無色界三昧行令速轉還、趣向法義行速得智慧、一切生處行自在教化、一切佛剎行禮拜供養、涅槃行不斷生死相續、成滿一切佛法行不捨菩薩法行。

排一個誤:「涅槃行,不斷生死相續故」——涅槃與不斷生死並在一句裡,正是本品的老筆法。涅槃在此不是入滅,是心的寂滅;心寂而事不斷。

落到用處:十行有出有入——入欲界化欲界眾生,入色無色界三昧而令速轉還。進得去也出得來,才叫行。

第四十六門 住——十處站得住腳的地方

問:行是動,住是止;這一門講的是什麼樣的止?

十住:菩提心住曾不忘失、波羅蜜住不厭助道、說法住增長智慧、阿蘭若住證大禪定、隨順一切智頭陀知足四聖種住少欲少事、深信住荷負正法、親近如來住學佛威儀、出生神通住圓滿大智、得忍住滿足授記、道場住具足力無畏一切佛法。

排一個誤:「阿蘭若住」與「說法住」並列,一靜一動,經文並不覺得衝突。住不是身在哪裡,是心停在哪裡。若把阿蘭若讀成非住山林不可,這一門就窄了。

落到用處:第一住是菩提心住,理由只有四個字——「曾不忘失」。住的最低要求,是不忘。

第四十七門 坐——十個所坐之座

問:坐講什麼?

十座:轉輪王坐興十善道、四天王坐於世間自在安立佛法、帝釋坐與眾生為勝主、梵天坐於自他心得自在、師子坐能說法、正法坐以總持辯才而開示、堅固坐誓願究竟、大慈坐令惡眾生悉歡喜、大悲坐忍一切苦不疲厭、金剛坐降伏眾魔及外道。

排一個誤:前四座借世間之王位為名,不是說菩薩要去做王。座是所居之位,借王位說的是那個位所能起的作用——轉輪王能興十善,所以借它說興十善之位。

落到用處:「大慈坐,令惡眾生悉歡喜故」——坐得住的人才能讓難處的人歡喜。這一句把坐的意思說活了:坐是坐得住。

第四十八門 臥——十種安然睡下的方式

問:臥也能修行嗎?

十臥:寂靜臥身心憺怕、禪定臥如理修行、三昧臥身心柔軟、梵天臥不惱自他、善業臥於後不悔、正信臥不可傾動、正道臥善友開覺、妙願臥善巧迴向、一切事畢臥所作成辦、捨諸功用臥一切慣習。

排一個誤:這十句不是睡姿。「善業臥,於後不悔故」——躺下去之後不後悔,靠的是白天所作的業;「一切事畢臥,所作成辦故」也是同理。臥講的是躺下去那一刻的心安不安。

落到用處:末句「捨諸功用臥,一切慣習故」最深——修到不必用力,因為已經成了慣習。這與第十七門的習氣一門遙相呼應。

第四十九門 所住處——從能住轉到所住

問:第四十六門已經講過「住」,這一門的「所住處」有什麼不同?

澄觀在此處分得很清楚:「五住處者,智有棲止之所故。前明能住,此辨所住」前一門講能住之心,這一門講所住之法。十所住處:大慈於眾生心平等、大悲不輕未學、大喜離一切憂惱、大捨於有為無為平等、一切波羅蜜以菩提心為首、一切空善巧觀察、無相不出正位、無願觀察受生、念慧忍法成滿、一切法平等得授記別。四無量心居首,三解脫門居中,念慧與法平等收尾。

排一個誤:「以大悲為所住處,不輕未學故」——大悲的落點竟然是不輕視初學的人。這一句把大悲從一個情緒拉回到一個態度上。

落到用處:這一門是四無量心最實在的一種讀法:慈是心平等、悲是不輕未學、喜是離憂惱、捨是於有為無為平等。四句各給了一個可檢查的行為。

第五十門 所行處——末門收在道場而不斷菩薩行

問:末門與上一門是一對,怎麼分?

澄觀說:「六所行處,前辨能行,此明所行。於中,初四自行」他還在解首句時繫了一段:「一依四念,阿難四問,佛令依住。今辨依行」——此為疏家之釋,繫屬澄觀。十所行處:正念滿足念處、諸趣正覺法趣、智慧得佛歡喜、波羅蜜滿足一切智智、四攝教化眾生、生死積集善根、與一切眾生雜談戲隨應教化令永離、神通知眾生諸根境界、善巧方便與般若相應、道場成一切智而不斷菩薩行。

排一個誤:第七句「以與一切眾生雜談戲為所行處」看似隨俗,經文自己加了限定——「隨應教化令永離故」。同在雜談之中,目的是令他們永離。若把限定拿掉,這一句就成了放縱的許可。

落到用處:末句是整個五十門的收尾——「以道場為所行處,成一切智而不斷菩薩行故」,勝益句作「則得如來無上大智慧所行處」。成一切智而不斷菩薩行:一句話同時放下了兩頭。五十門從「一身充滿一切世界」起,到這一句止,走了一整圈,講的還是同一件事。

承衍

這五十門的分科,古今兩家各有一套,並存而不判高下。古德分四段:初十二門是三業殊勝行寄初地、次九門是造修離障行寄二三地、次九門是造修純熟行寄四地已上、後二十門是報相圓滿行寄八地已上。澄觀引錄之後下了明判「此釋猶稍近,文亦未盡理」,另立十地逐地之配:初地十門、二地六門、三四各五門、五地二門、六地一門、七地八地各三門、九地二門、十地十三門。法藏在《探玄記》裡承的是同一路四分,四科以門計而總數作五百句——一百二十門、九十門、九十門、二百門;他的第二科起於「十種方便」,澄觀作「十種勤修」,第三科他作「十種離生」,澄觀作「十種離生道」。同一分法,兩種計量、兩種起處。以上皆古德成說,誌錄不判;澄觀的評語是明判,標明是他的判語而並錄。

李通玄不逐門分釋這五十門,他釋的是全品之名與全品之位:〈離世間品〉在〈如來出現品〉之後,「即明自己佛果之後利生之行」,又說菩薩「雖行普賢萬行,不染世間,名〈離世間品〉」。這是通玄對全品的定性,繫屬於他,非經文直說。澄觀自己又作《演義鈔》釋他的《疏》,本段確有其文:他在那裡分了「離生」的兩重意思——離却生與離生澁;替第二十八門「無量助道」的疏文分了四科,並自設一難自答之;替第二十九門「無量修道」的疏文也分四科,把十句的頭三句收成不起心、稱本性、遣修相三義;又點出七喻是通顯無著;又把「五藏」明白數作脾、腎、心、肺、肝;到眼門處更立五科,先辨肉眼之見不見有五,再及天眼、慧眼、法眼。這些都是澄觀自釋己疏之語,繫屬於他,逐條並錄不判。

本段與〈十地品〉的關係要說明白。澄觀判此為「十地位中行相」,所寄之十地就是〈十地品〉正說的十地;但寄位是借次第以顯行相的深淺,本品自身並未另立一套十地。〈十地品〉正說地相,此處寄地說行,兩處可以對讀,不可相濫。

異譯方面,六十華嚴的對應段落同是普賢答普慧,首門同作「十種身業」,五十門門數相同、門序大體相當,門名則多異——六十的「十種方便」對八十的「勤修」,六十的「十種離生」對八十的「離生道」。別行的《度世品經》則把五十餘問集中在前面一次問完,然後逐門連續作答,問者的名字也譯作「普智」。三本對讀,門名可以互相印證——八十的「所住處」,度世作「室」;八十的「所行處」,度世作「遊居」;而「不輕未學」四字兩本全同。諸本之異,逐字並錄,不判取捨。

再往前後看:本段是說分六番中的第五番,前承十迴向行二十九門,後接因圓果滿行五十一門。五十門從身業起、以所行處結,把菩薩從能作、能說、能想,一路講到能行、能住、能坐、能臥——這一段真正教會人的一件事,是把身體的每一個部位都改讀成一個行法的名字。讀完之後再看自己這個身,看見的就不只是一副形骸。

First, Where This Stretch Stands

Universal Wisdom Bodhisattva asked two hundred questions in one breath, and Samantabhadra Bodhisattva answers each question with ten clauses. This stretch is the fifth of those rounds — fifty questions, and fifty gates of the form ‘ten kinds of such-and-such.’

What do these fifty gates speak of? Chengguan states it plainly at the head of his Shu: this stretch “answers the fifty questions and makes clear the characteristics of the practice within the stations of the ten grounds,” and he says that the ancient worthies of old divided the whole chapter into six rounds, of which this is the fifth. But one thing must be made clear first: from beginning to end the scriptural text itself never uses the three graphs for ‘the stations of the ten grounds.’ Forty-seven gates are worded ‘Sons of the Buddha! Bodhisattva-mahāsattvas have ten kinds of such-and-such,’ and the remaining three gates open a little differently. What judges these fifty gates to be the characteristics of the practice within the stations of the ten grounds is the outline that the ancient worthies of old made on the basis of the Dushi jing, and Chengguan carried it on — this is an interpretation attributed to the commentators, not something the scriptural text says of itself. In reading, keep the two layers apart: what the scriptural text gives is fifty sets of practices; what the commentators give is a frame that sets them upon the sequence of the path.

How is the frame built? The two houses differ. The ancient worthies divide it in four sections — the first twelve gates speak of the surpassing practice of the three kinds of deed, lodged in the first ground; the next nine gates speak of the practice of building up cultivation and leaving obstruction behind, lodged in the second and third grounds; the next nine gates speak of the practice of building up cultivation to ripeness, lodged from the fourth ground upward; the last twenty gates speak of the practice in which the marks of recompense are complete and full, lodged from the eighth ground upward. Chengguan passed an explicit judgment — “this explanation comes rather close, yet the text is not exhausted in its principle” — and set up another: the first ground ten gates, the second ground six gates, the third and fourth grounds five gates each, the fifth ground two gates, the sixth ground one gate, the seventh and eighth grounds three gates each, the ninth ground two gates, the tenth ground thirteen gates. Added together this comes to exactly fifty. Fazang, in the Tanxuan ji, likewise counts the four sections by gates, while giving the total as “five hundred phrases” — one gate has ten clauses (gate fourteen has eleven), so the fifty gates come to five hundred and one; and what the ancient worthies called the first twelve gates he calls one hundred and twenty gates. One and the same matter, the one counting gates, the other summing the phrases. These several reckonings stand side by side; they are recorded only, and no ranking is passed between them.

There is one more word to notice: the language of assignment in the outline of the ancient worthies as Chengguan records it is ‘lodged’ — lodged in the first ground, lodged in the second and third grounds, lodged from the eighth ground upward; in his own outline Chengguan says directly “the practice within such-and-such a ground.” To lodge is to borrow the sequence of the grounds and stations in order to display the shallowness or depth of the characteristics of practice; it is not to say that this chapter has set up a set of ten grounds of its own. The Chapter on the Ten Grounds directly expounds the ten grounds; here the ten grounds are borrowed in order to speak of the characteristics of practice. The two must not be confounded.

Last, the brushwork of this stretch. The first thirty gates speak of the mind, of understanding, of the path, and are still within the ordinary language of the characteristics of dharmas; but from the thirty-first gate, ‘feet,’ onward, the scriptural text all at once speaks the whole way through by way of the body — feet, hands, belly, storehouse, mind, the armor donned, weapons, head, eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, then walking, standing, sitting, lying down, and last the places of abiding and the places walked in. This is not a description of what a bodhisattva looks like. Fazang had already broken it open at the second gate, the ten bodies: “this takes the practices themselves as the body, and therefore is not the same as the foregoing” — a sentence spoken of the ten bodies in particular; Chengguan too, explaining the last thirteen gates, says that this is “made clear by lodging it in the workings of the six faculties and the four postures.” The names of the organs turn into the names of practices — the ‘belly’ is not a stomach but a ground of mind without flattery and crookedness; ‘lying down’ is not sleep but the ease that follows when what was to be done has been brought to completion. This turn is the house brushwork of the Chapter on Detachment from the World.

Gate 1. The Deeds of the Body — How One Body Can Fill All the Worlds

Ask first a question of common sense: how could a single body possibly “fill all the worlds”? And how could one “with a single hand cover all the worlds everywhere,” or “with a single hand grind the encircling mountains of adamant of all the worlds to powder, like fine dust”?

To read these ten clauses as a display of spiritual powers is to read them awry. The landing place of all ten lies in the last two: “with a single body to contain and receive all the realms of sentient beings,” and “within his own body to display everywhere all the purified buddha-fields, causing all sentient beings to accomplish the path therein.” The first eight clauses speak of what the body’s functioning can do — it can pervade, can manifest, can take birth, can roam, can go to the buddhas, can cover, can grind, can display the forming and collapsing of the fields; and the last two gather all this functioning up into one purpose — so that sentient beings may accomplish the path within it. That is why the closing sentence says, “then they will obtain the unsurpassed buddha-deeds of the Tathāgata, and will be able to awaken all sentient beings.”

Clear away one mistake: do not read ‘a single hand covering all the worlds’ as meaning that the hand is very large. When Fazang lists these ten aspects he says, “all of these are the functioning of the body, and are alike named the deeds of the body” — what is spoken of is functioning, not size. The reason the body can pervade runs along the same road as the simile of space in the Chapter on the Appearing of the Tathāgata: not because its bulk is great, but because it is not confined by place and direction.

Bring it down to use: in reading this gate, the question to ask is not ‘when will I have a body like that,’ but ‘what has this body of mine done for sentient beings today?’ When the text calls the body a ‘deed,’ it is looking at the body as a piece of work now under way.

Gate 2. The Body — Not One of the Ten Bodies Is a Physical Form

The gate before spoke of the ‘deeds’ of the body; this gate speaks of the ‘substance’ of the body — and a question comes at once: since the body has already been spoken of, why speak of the body a second time?

Fazang’s distinguishing is direct: “this takes the practices themselves as the body, and therefore is not the same as the foregoing” — the gate before spoke of what the body does; this gate takes the practices themselves as the body. So not one of the ten bodies is flesh and blood: the body of the perfections, the body of the four means of gathering, the body of great compassion, the body of great loving-kindness, the body of merit, the body of wisdom, the dharma-body, the body of skillful means, the body of spiritual power, the body of awakening. Fazang further groups these ten bodies for us: the first two are the six perfections and the four means of gathering; the next two are loving-kindness and compassion; the next two are merit and wisdom; the next three are substance and function; the last one is the accomplishing of the fruit.

Clear away one mistake: the clause “the dharma-body, for the reason that he has left birth in the destinies behind forever” must not be read as meaning that from now on the bodhisattva takes birth no more. The gate before had only just said “within all the destinies to be able to take birth — this is a bodily deed,” and the two clauses do not quarrel: what is left behind forever is birth drawn on by deeds, not birth undertaken for the sake of sentient beings. The twenty-second gate, the path that leaves birth behind, will make this layer plainer still.

Bring it down to use: if a person asks, ‘what do I take as my standing?’, this gate gives ten answers, and not one of them is a name, a station, or an achievement. The practice one cultivates is the standing one has.

Each of the ten clauses carries a “for the reason that,” and it is there that the weight of this gate lies. “The body of great compassion, because he takes on the measureless suffering of all beings in their stead without weariness or aversion” — great compassion can be set up as a body not on account of a feeling of pity, but on account of taking suffering on in another’s stead without giving rise to weariness; “without weariness or aversion” is what limits this clause, and take it away and this body will not stand. “The body of the four means of drawing in, because he does not abandon any being” — the four means are a body because of the not-abandoning. “The body of wisdom, because it is of one nature with the bodies of all buddhas” — wisdom is not a brightness of one’s own but is of one nature with the buddhas. “The body of skillful means, because it is present in every place” — skillful means is a body in that it can be brought forth everywhere, not held in reserve. “The body of awakening, because he attains right awakening according to their delight and according to the time” — even becoming a buddha is bound to what beings delight in and to the time, and is not a date one fixes for oneself. Each of the ten bodies, clause by clause, is bound to beings.

Gate 3. Speech — Ten Manners of Speaking

Question: what is there about speaking that calls for ten items?

Of the ten kinds of speech the text lists, the first four speak of the virtue of the mouth — gentle, ambrosial, undeceiving, true; and the last six speak of what the speaking accomplishes — vast, profound, firm, upright, of many kinds, and speech that awakens all sentient beings. Every clause carries a ‘for the reason that,’ explaining what such speaking is for: gentleness is “that it causes all sentient beings to obtain security”; ambrosia is “that it causes all sentient beings to obtain coolness”; uprightness is “that the words he utters are easily understood.” So these ten kinds of speech are not a rhetoric; they set up ‘speaking’ as a piece of work done for others.

Clear away one mistake: “true speech, for the reason that even in dreams there is no false speech” — this clause does not require a person to police his dreams; it says that truthfulness has ripened to the point where it needs no deliberate intent. It is a clause of degree, not a rule of discipline.

Bring it down to use: the best use of this gate is to take the ten standards and go once through the things one has said today. Which sentence made someone secure; which made someone cool; which was only a well-turned phrase.

For the last six, the scripture states the reason further out than for the first four. “Vast speech, because Śakra, Brahmā, the four heavenly kings and the rest all revere it” — vastness is not volume but the weight that even the gods revere. “Profound speech, because it displays the nature of dharmas” — profundity is not hard-to-follow speech, but speech whose displaying is of the nature of dharmas; speech hard to follow that displays no such nature is merely obscure. “Firm speech, because his exposition of the Dharma is inexhaustible” — firmness is not refusing to change one’s words, but expounding without exhausting it; once exhausted, it is not firm. “Manifold speech, because he manifests it according to the time” — manifoldness is not ornament but manifesting according to the time, and so it does not contradict firmness. And the last clause draws all ten back onto the hearer: “Speech that awakens all beings, because he causes them to understand according to what they desire and delight in” — in the end the standard lies not in how the speaker spoke, but in whether the hearer understood.

Gate 4. Purely Cultivating the Deeds of Speech — Ten Matters That Wash the Deeds of the Mouth Clean

Question: the gate before has already spoken of speech; what does this gate’s “purely cultivating the deeds of speech” add?

The gate before spoke of the manner of speech; this gate speaks of how speech is trained into that manner — and all ten matters are things one can set one’s hand to: to delight in hearing the voice of the Tathāgata; to delight in hearing others speak of the virtues of the bodhisattvas; not to say anything that sentient beings do not like to hear; to leave far behind the four faults of speech; gladly to praise the Tathāgata; before a stūpa, with a loud voice, to praise the buddha’s virtues as they truly are; with a deep and pure mind to give the Dharma to others; with music to sing and praise; in the presence of a buddha to hear the Dharma without sparing body or life; to give up one’s body in serving the bodhisattvas and the masters of the Dharma, and so to receive the marvelous Dharma.

When Chengguan outlines the ten gates of the first ground he says, “the first two are in terms of the body, the next four set forth speech, the last four make clear the mind” — the third through the sixth gates are all reckoned as “setting forth speech,” which shows that these four gates are a single strand and not four separate matters.

Clear away one mistake: “not to say anything that any sentient being does not like to hear” is not the same as pleasing everyone. The third gate had only just spoken of “undeceiving speech” and “true speech”; taking the two gates together, the sense is that the truth that ought to be said must be said, but there is no need to say the things that only gratify oneself.

Bring it down to use: of the ten matters, eight can be done today. The one most easily passed over is the third — not saying what others do not like to hear.

Gate 5. Guarding — When the Deeds of the Mouth Are Pure, Who Comes to Uphold Him

Question: why is this gate not ‘there are ten kinds of guarding,’ but rather “if a bodhisattva-mahāsattva purely cultivates the deeds of speech by these ten matters, then he obtains ten kinds of guarding”?

Because it is the fruit of the gate before. The text joins the two gates with a single “then he obtains”: when the deeds of speech are pure, one draws to oneself the gods, the dragons, the yakṣas, the gandharvas, the asuras, the garuḍas, the kiṃnaras, the mahoragas, and the king of Brahmā, each bringing his own following to guard; and the last clause weighs most — “with the Tathāgata, the Dharma king, at their head, all the masters of the Dharma come to guard him.” The first nine are the eight classes and the king of Brahmā; the last is the masters of the Dharma; those who guard the world and those who guard the Dharma are both reckoned in.

Clear away one mistake: do not read this gate as a roster of Dharma-protecting spirits. Its weight lies in the direction of the causality — one does not first seek to be guarded; one first purifies the deeds of speech. Reverse the sequence, and this gate becomes a text for begging protection.

Bring it down to use: if one who expounds the Dharma finds that nothing goes smoothly, the checking point this gate offers is not outside him but in his own deeds of speech.

Gate 6. Great Matters — What Can Be Brought to Completion Once the Guarding Is Had

Question: the guarding is in hand; what is it for?

The text at once takes up a third section with “then he is able to bring to completion”: to cause all sentient beings to be glad; to be able to go to all the worlds; to know fully all the faculties; to cause every resolute conviction to be pure; to cause all the afflictions to be cut off; to cause all the habit-energies to be relinquished; to cause all desires and delights to be made bright and clean; to cause all deep minds to grow; to cause all the Dharma realms to be pervaded; to cause all nirvāṇa to be seen clearly everywhere. Not one of the ten clauses seeks ease for oneself.

Clear away one mistake: “to cause all desires and delights to be made bright and clean” — this is not to extinguish desire and delight but to wash it clean and bright. The text uses “made bright and clean,” not “cut off”; the clause just above had only said “to cause all the afflictions to be cut off,” and the difference of wording is deliberate.

Bring it down to use: the fourth through the sixth gates are one complete chain of cause and effect — purify the deeds of speech, obtain the guarding, bring the great matters to completion. Read the three gates together, and one sees why the text, where it is speaking of ‘speech,’ speaks three gates in a row.

Gate 7. The Mind — Ten Things Used as Similes for a Single Mind

Question: the mind cannot be seen; how is it to be spoken of? The text’s way is to take ten things that can be seen and set them alongside it.

The great earth can bear up and can nourish, so the mind that is like the great earth bears up and nourishes the roots of good of sentient beings; the great ocean can contain, so the mind that is like the great ocean lets the water of the Dharma of the great wisdom of all the buddhas flow in; Sumeru, king of mountains, is high, so the mind that is like it sets sentient beings in the place of the highest roots of good that transcend the world; the maṇi-jewel king is pure; adamant is firm; the encircling mountains of adamant are unmoved; the lotus flower is unstained; the uḍumbara flower is hard to meet with; the pure sun breaks through darkness; space cannot be measured. Ten similes, and each takes only one virtue of the thing, not the whole of it.

Clear away one mistake: these ten similes cannot be stacked up and read as a compound — ‘a mind that is both like the great earth and like space.’ The similes are used one at a time: when bearing up is spoken of, the great earth is used; when being unstained is spoken of, the lotus flower. Mix them, and it turns into airy talk.

Bring it down to use: these ten similes may be taken as ten mirrors and looked into one by one. This mind of mine today — which of the ten is it least like?

A simile takes one virtue, and which virtue it takes is pointed out by the scripture itself and may not be supplied by the reader. “A mind like adamant, because it enters decisively and deeply into all dharmas” — what is taken from adamant is not hardness but decisive deep entry; a mind that is hard and does not enter fails, rather, to answer the simile. “A mind like the king of wish-fulfilling jewels, because his delight and desire are pure and unstained” — what is taken from the jewel-king is the purity of delight and desire, not the preciousness of its worth. “A mind like the adamantine ring of mountains, because the Māras and outsiders cannot move it” — what is taken is not being moved by Māras and outsiders, not bulk. “A mind like the uḍumbara flower, because through all the eons it is met with only with difficulty” — what is taken is the rarity of the meeting, and what is rarely met is not to be held lightly. Clause by clause the line between simile and thing likened is drawn out; a reader who walks that line will not read the similes as descriptions.

Gate 8. Bringing Forth the Mind — Ten Sayings of ‘I Ought’

Question: is not the bringing forth of the mind a single thing? How is it divided into ten?

Because all ten clauses of the text have the form ‘bringing forth the mind that says “I ought …”’: I ought to liberate all sentient beings; I ought to cause sentient beings to cut off their afflictions; I ought to cause sentient beings to extinguish their habit-energies; I ought to cut off every doubt; I ought to extinguish the sufferings of sentient beings; I ought to extinguish the calamities of the evil destinies; I ought to revere and comply with all the tathāgatas; I ought to study well what all bodhisattvas study; I ought at the tip of every single hair to display all the buddhas accomplishing perfect awakening; I ought in all the worlds to beat the unsurpassed drum of the Dharma. Ten sayings of ‘I ought,’ and the bringing forth of the mind is taken apart from one vague intention into ten concrete matters to be seen to.

Clear away one mistake: the ‘I’ in these clauses is not a grasping at self. The ‘I’ here has the tone of shouldering, not the tone of ownership — the eleventh gate is about to say, “the deep mind that is not attached to any place of taking birth.”

Bring it down to use: the reason the mind first brought forth so easily retreats is often that it is too abstract. Turn it into ten sayings of ‘I ought,’ and there is something that can be accounted for clause by clause.

Gate 9. The Pervading Mind — The Ten Reaches of the Mind

Question: how does a mind “pervade”?

The text lists ten reaches: space, the Dharma realm, the three times, the appearing of all the buddhas, all sentient beings, all wisdom, all that is boundless, all that is unborn, all that is unobstructed, all mastery. Under each clause there is a reason: pervading space is “the intent he brings forth is vast”; pervading the three times is “within a single thought he knows the whole of it”; pervading the appearing of the buddhas is understanding the whole of the six matters — entering the womb, being born, leaving the household life, accomplishing the path, turning the wheel of the Dharma, and entering parinirvāṇa.

Clear away one mistake: “the mind that pervades all that is unborn, for the reason that he does not take dharmas to have an intrinsic nature” — pervading, by this point, no longer speaks of extent but of the principle seen. The first five clauses speak of the breadth of the mind’s extent; the last five speak of the principle the mind illumines. Fail to part these two halves, and ‘pervading the unborn’ will be read as a very large space.

Bring it down to use: this gate is best read against the seventh. The seventh gate says what the mind is like; this gate says where the mind reaches.

The reasons in the latter half must be read clause by clause (four of them are taken here), and only then is it clear that “pervading” has changed its sense in the second half. “A mind pervading all beings, because he knows fully their faculties, their desires, and their habit-energies” — pervading beings is not how many people are covered, but reaching those three layers; without them, however many the people, one is only a bystander. “A mind pervading all that is boundless, because he knows the differences within the nets of illusion” — the pervading of the boundless is bound to knowing the differences within the nets of illusion, not to inexhaustible quantity. “A mind pervading all that is unobstructed, because he does not abide in his own mind or in the minds of others” — this clause matters most: unobstructedness is not being able to reach into another’s mind, but not abiding either in one’s own mind or in another’s; wherever there is a place to abide, there is a place that obstructs. “A mind pervading all that is sovereign, because in a single thought he universally manifests the attaining of buddhahood” — the pervading of sovereignty lies in a single thought, not in the length of eons.

Gate 10. The Faculties — Ten Faculties Turned Toward the Dharma

Question: what is a “faculty” here? Not the faculties of eye and ear, nose and tongue — those do not come until the thirty-ninth gate and after. The faculty here has the sense of that which can generate, and points to such faculties as faith, vigor, mindfulness, concentration, and wisdom.

The ten faculties in order are gladness, aspiration, non-retrogression, abiding securely, the fine and subtle, no resting, likeness to adamant, the flaming light of adamant, no difference, and the unobstructed limit. The first four speak of the entryway — seeing the buddhas and having faith unbroken; hearing the Dharma and being able to understand; undertaking a thing and being able to bring it to its end; carrying out the bodhisattva practice without severing it. The last six speak of the depths — entering the subtle and marvelous principle of prajñā; bringing the affairs of sentient beings to their end; realizing and knowing the nature of dharmas; shining everywhere upon the realms of the buddhas; knowing that all the tathāgatas are one body; entering deeply into the ten powers of the Tathāgata.

Chengguan divides the ten gates of the first ground into three sections, of which “the last four make clear the mind” — the seventh gate, the mind; the eighth, bringing forth the mind; the ninth, the pervading mind; and the tenth, the faculties: these four gates belong to the deeds of the mind. So these ten faculties are spoken of in terms of an inward power that can generate.

Clear away one mistake: “the faculty of no difference, for the reason that all the tathāgatas are together one body” does not say that the buddhas have no distinctions. It says that on the side of realizing and knowing, one sees the buddhas as one dharma-body, and therefore there is no difference.

Bring it down to use: a faculty is what generates. Which faculty has not yet been set up? Look at which kind of dharma never manages to arise in oneself, and one will know.

Gate 11. The Deep Mind — Ten Places of Neither Stain nor Admixture

Question: what sort of mind is called “deep”?

The text answers by listing ten things, what it does not do and what it does: not stained by the dharmas of the world; not admixed with the path of the two vehicles; fully comprehending the awakening of the buddhas; according with the path of the wisdom of all wisdoms; not shaken by the demons or the outsiders; purely cultivating the perfect wisdom of the tathāgatas; receiving and upholding every dharma heard; not attached to any place of taking birth; complete in every fine and subtle wisdom; cultivating the dharmas of all the buddhas. Of the ten clauses, four are withholdings (not stained, not admixed, not shaken, not attached), and six are settings-forth (fully comprehending, according, purely cultivating, receiving and upholding, being complete, cultivating).

Clear away one mistake: “the deep mind that is not admixed with any path of the two vehicles” is not a disparagement of the two vehicles. The closing sentence of the twenty-second gate, the path that leaves birth behind, says it clearly enough — “and yet also not admixed with the practice of the two vehicles”: what is spoken of is not being mingled, not that the practice of the two vehicles is bad. The stance of the text is not to blend, not to look down.

Bring it down to use: what makes the deep mind difficult is that it is not a single exertion but a direction that is not pulled away. Let any one of the ten clauses be pulled away, and the deep mind has grown shallow.

Gate 12. The Surpassing Deep Mind — One Layer Further Above the Deep Mind

Question: the deep mind is already deep; what does “surpassing” add?

Look at the ten clauses and it becomes clear: non-retrogression, apart from doubt, rightly upholding, most surpassing, being master, vast, foremost, mastery, abiding securely, no resting. The deep mind of the gate before speaks of ‘not being robbed of something’; this gate speaks of ‘being able to be master within it’ — “the surpassing deep mind that is master, for the reason that with respect to all the Buddha-dharma he obtains mastery”; “the foremost surpassing deep mind, for the reason that everything he undertakes he is able to bring to completion.” From being able to hold to being able to wield: this is what ‘surpassing’ means.

Clear away one mistake: “the surpassing deep mind apart from doubt, for the reason that he understands the hidden words of all the tathāgatas” — the hidden words here are not secret sayings but words deep and difficult to fathom. The doubt that is left behind is the hesitation that arises when one cannot understand a buddha’s words; it is not rational inquiry.

Bring it down to use: advance in the Dharma often has two stages: first, not being robbed by circumstance; then, being able to function within circumstance. This gate is the checklist for the second stage.

The limiting clauses of “sovereign” and “abiding securely” are the easiest to read past. “The sovereign superior deep mind, because all concentrations, penetrations, and transformations are adorned” — sovereignty is not doing as one pleases, but the three matters of concentration, penetration, and transformation all being brought to completion in adornment; without those three beneath it, so-called sovereignty is merely being unconstrained. “The abiding superior deep mind, because he takes up and holds his original vows” — what makes abiding secure is bound to taking up the original vows; an abiding not bound to the original vows is a halting, not an abiding securely. And again, “the rightly upholding superior deep mind, because it flows forth from great vows and great practice” — what enables it to uphold is that it flows out of great vows and great practice, not that it props itself up. Read the three together, and the “superior” of the superior deep mind lies wholly in being bound to something: bound to concentration, bound to the original vows, bound to great vows and great practice.

Gate 13. Diligent Cultivation — The Six Perfections, with Loving-Kindness, Compassion, and the Powers of a Buddha Added

Question: why does this gate come only after the deep mind?

Because what came before all concerned the ground of the mind, and this gate begins to speak of exertion in actual matters. The first six of the ten clauses are precisely the six perfections — giving, keeping the precepts, patience, vigor, meditative concentration, wisdom; and the last four are great loving-kindness, great compassion, awakening to the ten powers of the Tathāgata, and the non-retrogressive wheel of the Dharma. The six perfections are the base of practice for oneself; the last four are the utmost of benefiting others and of heading toward buddhahood.

In his own assignment to the ten grounds Chengguan names the opening gate outright: “second, the six gates from ‘the ten kinds of deep mind’ onward make clear the practice within the second ground”; the outline of the ancient worthies takes the nine gates from “the ten kinds of diligent cultivation” onward as “the practice of building up cultivation and leaving obstruction behind, lodged in the second and third grounds” — these are all language of assignment belonging to the commentators, attributed to the ancient worthies and to Chengguan, and not said by the scriptural text itself.

Clear away one mistake: “the diligent cultivation of keeping the precepts, for the reason of the ascetic practices of shaking off the dust, of few desires and contentment, and of not deceiving anyone” — the last words are the key. The shaking off of the dust is not for the sake of hardship; it is for the sake of not deceiving. If one keeps the precepts and yet still harbors deceit within, this clause has come to nothing.

Bring it down to use: everyone can recite the six perfections; the use of this gate lies in the ‘for the reason that’ behind each one. The reason of giving is “he seeks no recompense”; the reason of patience is “he leaves behind the notion of self and other.” Lose the reasons, and the six perfections become a list of items.

For great kindness and great compassion among the last four, the reason the scripture gives is not feeling but seeing. “Diligent cultivation of great kindness, because he knows that beings have no own-nature” — what enables kindness to be diligent is bound to knowing that beings have no own-nature; if one sees a real person to be pitied, kindness has a measure and diligence cannot go the whole way. “Diligent cultivation of great compassion, because he knows that dharmas are empty, and universally takes on suffering in the stead of all beings without weariness or aversion” — what enables compassion to be diligent is bound to knowing that dharmas are empty; knowing emptiness, he takes suffering on and is not wearied. Kindness and compassion are not here called softness of heart; they are called the functioning of two ways of seeing. The last two clauses are the same: awakening to the ten powers is to be cultivated diligently “because he penetrates them without obstruction and shows them to beings,” and the non-retrogressing wheel of Dharma is to be cultivated diligently “because he turns it until it reaches the minds of all beings” — neither halts at one’s own realization.

Gate 14. Settled Conviction — Eleven Clauses, and Yet Named Ten Altogether

Question: this gate lists eleven clauses in the text, so why does the closing sentence still say “these are the ten”?

So the text has it; the number in the gate’s name takes ‘ten’ as its rule, while the clauses number eleven. Discrepancies of this kind are not rare in the scriptures, and are transcribed word for word without adjustment. As for “settled conviction,” it is a resolute conviction that has examined and settled upon its object and cannot be drawn away — highest, adornment, vast, quiescence, universal, fit to bear, firm, clear discernment, what is present, carrying on and flourishing, mastery; and under each clause its reason is attached.

Clear away one mistake: settled conviction is not obstinacy. The clause “the vast settled conviction, for the reason that his mind has never been narrow and mean” blocks this misreading at once — being settled and being broad are here two faces of one thing. An obstinate mind is a narrow and mean one, which is precisely the opposite of this clause.

Bring it down to use: people are full of doubts, and mostly not because the evidence is insufficient but because their conviction is unsettled. What this gate says is: once conviction is settled, the mind on the contrary grows broad.

Every one of the eleven clauses has its reason, and two of them show the measure of this gate most clearly. “The conviction that is fit to bear, because he can receive the sustaining power of the buddhas” — fitness to bear is not confidence that one can shoulder things oneself, but being able to bear up under the buddhas’ sustaining power; only being able to receive it is called fitness to bear. “The conviction that is clear in its deciding, because he fully knows all deeds and their recompense” — what such deciding decides upon is the principle of deeds and their recompense, not the rights and wrongs of other people; read “clear in deciding” as daring to pass judgment and one has turned it backwards. So too the others: “the conviction of quiescence, because he can enter the profound nature of dharmas” — the conviction of quiescence is bound to being able to enter the nature of dharmas, not to feeling nothing; “the conviction that continues and raises up the lineage, because he receives the prediction in the presence of all buddhas” — it is bound to receiving the prediction, not to appointing oneself to the task. Read the eleven together, and every clause of settled conviction is bound to the dharma faced, and not one of them to self-confidence.

Gate 15. Settled Conviction That Knows the Worlds — How World and World Enter Each Other

Question: “all the worlds enter into a single world” — how can such a thing be?

The text does not first argue the principle; it simply lists ten clauses: all the worlds enter a single world; a single world enters all the worlds; a single body of a tathāgata and a single lotus seat pervade all the worlds; all the worlds are like space; they are complete with a buddha’s adornments; they are filled with bodhisattvas; they enter a single pore; they enter the body of a single sentient being; a single tree of a buddha’s awakening and a single site of a buddha’s awakening pervade them; a single sound reaches everywhere and causes sentient beings each severally to understand it. Ten clauses that all the way through put the ‘large’ inside the ‘small.’

Clear away one mistake: this is no crowding of space. The fourth clause, “knowing that all the worlds are like space,” is the key — it is precisely because the worlds are like space and without solid obstruction that mutual entering can be spoken of at all. If the worlds were lumps of substance, mutual entering would be the forcing of one thing into another.

Bring it down to use: this gate must be read together with the three words “settled conviction.” What it lists is not a marvel but a settling of one’s view of the world — worlds can enter one another because they were never lumps of substance to begin with.

Gate 16. Settled Conviction That Knows the Realms of Sentient Beings — How the Realms of Sentient Beings Enter Each Other

Question: the gate before spoke of worlds entering one another, this gate of the realms of sentient beings entering one another; what is the difference between the two?

The gate before spoke of the receptacle world; this gate speaks of the sentient. The ten clauses in order are: the realms of sentient beings are in their nature not real; all the realms of sentient beings enter the body of a single sentient being; they enter the body of a bodhisattva; they enter the Tathāgata-womb; the body of a single sentient being enters everywhere into all the realms of sentient beings; all the realms of sentient beings are fit to serve as vessels for the Dharma of the buddhas; in accord with what they desire he displays the bodies of Śakra, of Brahmā, and of the world-guarding kings; in accord with what they desire he displays the quiescent deportment of the śrāvakas and the pratyekabuddhas; he displays the body adorned with the virtues of a bodhisattva; he displays the quiescent deportment with the marks and signs of a tathāgata and awakens sentient beings. The first five clauses speak of mutual entering; the last five, of manifesting in accord with capacity.

Clear away one mistake: the first clause, “in their nature not real,” does not say that sentient beings do not exist. It is the threshold of the nine clauses that follow — precisely because they are not a fixed substance really existing, mutual entering and manifesting in accord can be spoken of. Read it as nihilism and the whole work of liberating beings in the nine clauses that follow falls to nothing.

Bring it down to use: what this gate really speaks of is a way of seeing people. To see a person and at the same time to see that he is fit to serve as a vessel for the Dharma of the buddhas — this clause among the ten can be used on the spot.

Gate 17. Habit-Energies — Speaking of ‘Habit-Energy’ as a Good Thing

Question: is habit-energy not something to be cut off? How does this gate say that a bodhisattva “has ten kinds of habit-energy”?

Because habit-energy in its root sense is the residual force formed by perfuming, and is in itself neither good nor bad. The ten this gate lists are: the mind of awakening, the roots of good, teaching sentient beings, seeing the buddhas, taking birth in purified worlds, practice, vows, the perfections, contemplating the dharma of evenness, and the differences among the objective realms. All of them are residual force perfumed by good dharmas. Only the closing sentence joins the two sides: “then they will forever leave behind every habit-energy of affliction, and will obtain the great wisdom of the Tathāgata, the wisdom of habit-energy that is no habit-energy.”

Clear away one mistake: the closing phrase “habit-energy that is no habit-energy” is no tongue-twister. The first ‘habit-energy’ is said in terms of the force that has been perfumed; the second, ‘no habit-energy,’ is said in terms of there being no grasping within it — it has become natural and yet does not fall into grasping, and this is the habit-energy of the ground of buddhahood.

Bring it down to use: practice has one very solid test: what has already become a habit that needs no forcing. This gate says that only when good dharmas have been perfumed into habit-energy does it count.

Chengguan takes the beginning of this gate as the outline of the third ground: “third, the five gates from ‘the ten kinds of habit-energy’ onward make clear the practice within the third ground.” — this is an assignment belonging to the commentators, attributed to Chengguan.

Gate 18. Grasping — Ten Kinds of Grasping by Which the Bodhisattva Practice Is Not Severed

Question: the Buddha-dharma everywhere speaks of not grasping; how does this gate say that there are “ten kinds of grasping”?

The name of the gate already carries its own qualification: “they have ten kinds of grasping, by which they do not sever the practices of a bodhisattva.” Grasping all the realms of sentient beings, in order to teach them to the end; grasping all the worlds, in order to adorn and purify them to the end; grasping the Tathāgata, in order to make offerings; grasping the roots of good, in order to gather the marks and signs; grasping great compassion, in order to extinguish the suffering of sentient beings; grasping great loving-kindness, in order to give sentient beings the joy of all wisdom; grasping the perfections; grasping skillfulness in means; grasping awakening; and a last clause that states it altogether: “the bodhisattva grasps all dharmas, for the reason that in all places, with clear wisdom, he knows them as present before him.”

Clear away one mistake: the grasping here is not greedy grasping. The closing sentence gives the answer: “then they will not sever the practices of a bodhisattva, and will obtain the unsurpassed dharma of no grasping of all the tathāgatas.” The end point of grasping is no grasping. Grasping is the hand one uses, before no grasping has been reached, to keep the bodhisattva practice from being cut off.

Bring it down to use: if a person, for fear of attachment, shoulders nothing at all, then the bodhisattva practice has been the first thing severed. What this gate says is: where one has not yet arrived at no grasping, what ought to be shouldered must be shouldered.

The reasons in the seventh to ninth clauses state the limit of “grasping” most clearly. “He grasps the perfections, because he accumulates the adornments of a bodhisattva” — grasping the perfections is not taking up a set of exercises but accumulating adornment; adornment is a mark brought to completion, not an object held. “He grasps skillful means, because he manifests them in every place” — the reason for grasping skillful means is that they are to be brought forth everywhere; grasp them and keep them in one’s own hands, and this grasping falls empty. “He grasps awakening, because he obtains unobstructed wisdom” — even the grasping of awakening is bound to a reason, namely obtaining unobstructed wisdom; unbound to that, grasping awakening too becomes a kind of possession. The three clauses share one form: what is grasped is a means, and the reason points to use for others’ sake — and so grasping does not become greed.

Gate 19. Cultivation — Ten Matters That Are Cultivated

Question: the ten clauses of this gate are strikingly short — cultivating the perfections, cultivating study, cultivating wisdom, cultivating the meaning, cultivating the Dharma, cultivating going forth, cultivating manifesting, cultivating diligent practice without slackening, cultivating the accomplishing of perfect awakening, cultivating the turning of the wheel of the true Dharma. Why is no explanation added?

Because it is a table of contents. The first six clauses are the sequence of benefiting oneself: the perfections as the whole, study as the entering, wisdom as the substance, the meaning as what is understood, the Dharma as what is relied upon, going forth as what is headed toward; and the last four turn toward benefiting others and toward the fruit: manifesting, diligent practice without slackening, the accomplishing of perfect awakening, the turning of the wheel of the true Dharma. The closing sentence is short too: “then they will obtain unsurpassed cultivation, and will cultivate all dharmas.”

Clear away one mistake: “cultivating manifesting” is not the cultivating of spiritual powers. It belongs with “the turning of the wheel of the true Dharma” that follows, to the half concerned with benefiting others, and points to showing a body and showing a matter for the sake of teaching.

Bring it down to use: this gate is like a summary table. The thirteenth gate above spoke of the characteristics of the practice of diligent cultivation; this gate speaks of the items cultivated — one says how to cultivate, the other says what is cultivated.

Gate 20. Accomplishing the Buddha-dharma — Ten Matters by Which the Buddha-dharma Stands Firm in Oneself

Question: the Buddha-dharma is already complete of itself; why must it still be “accomplished”?

The accomplishing here is said from one’s own side. The ten clauses: not to part from the good friend; to believe deeply in the words of a buddha; not to slander the true Dharma; to dedicate and direct measureless and inexhaustible roots of good; to believe and understand that the realm of the Tathāgata has no bound; to know the realm of all the worlds; not to forsake the realm of the Dharma realm; to leave far behind the realms of the demons; rightly to keep in mind the realms of all the buddhas; to delight in seeking the realm of the ten powers of the Tathāgata. The first four clauses speak of attitude; the last six use the word ‘realm’ six times in a row, speaking of what is believed and understood.

Clear away one mistake: “to believe deeply in the words of a buddha — thus is the Buddha-dharma accomplished” does not ask a person to believe without thinking. The fifth clause uses the two words “believe and understand” — faith and understanding are raised together, and faith is no substitute for understanding.

Bring it down to use: these ten clauses and the next gate are exactly a face and its reverse, and reading them together costs the least effort. This gate says what makes the Buddha-dharma stand; the next says what makes it fall away.

Gate 21. Falling Away from the Buddha-dharma — Ten Matters That Ought to Be Left Far Behind

Question: why does this gate add the four words “which ought to be left far behind” right in the gate’s name?

Because all the gates before are dharmas that may be abided in, and this gate alone is to be left behind; the text marks this specially in the gate’s name. The ten clauses: to slight the good friend; to dread the suffering of birth-and-death; to weary of cultivating the bodhisattva practice; not to delight in dwelling in the world; to be engrossed in and attached to samādhi; to grasp at the roots of good; to slander the true Dharma; to sever the bodhisattva practice; to delight in the path of the two vehicles; to bear ill will toward the bodhisattvas.

Clear away one mistake: two of the clauses are the most easily overlooked — “to be engrossed in and attached to samādhi” and “to grasp at the roots of good.” Not every cause of falling away from the Buddha-dharma is an evil deed; a good thing held on to makes one fall away just the same. This is the sentence of this gate most worth remembering.

Bring it down to use: of the ten clauses, three have to do with other people — slighting the good friend, bearing ill will toward the bodhisattvas, slandering the true Dharma. Retrogression in practice often begins between persons.

The closing sentence gives the way out: “if the bodhisattvas leave these dharmas far behind, then they will enter the bodhisattva’s path that leaves birth behind.” — the name of the next gate is drawn straight out of this.

Gate 22. The Path That Leaves Birth Behind — Ten Clauses Whose Two Ends Are Held Apart by ‘and yet’

Question: this is the weightiest gate of the stretch; what does the “leaving birth” in its name leave behind?

The closing sentence explains itself: “going forth from the world, not held in common with the world, and yet also not admixed with the practice of the two vehicles.” What is left behind is the birth of birth-and-death, not a leaving behind of the sentient beings of the world. Each of the ten clauses is two ends held apart by an ‘and yet’: bringing forth prajñā and yet constantly contemplating sentient beings; leaving the views far behind and yet liberating sentient beings bound by views; not calling to mind any characteristic and yet not forsaking sentient beings attached to characteristics; passing beyond the three realms and yet always being within all the worlds; leaving the afflictions behind forever and yet dwelling together with sentient beings; obtaining the dharma of leaving desire behind and yet with great compassion pitying sentient beings attached to desire; always delighting in quiescence and yet constantly displaying a retinue; leaving behind birth in the world and yet dying here and being born there to set going the bodhisattva practice; not being stained by the dharmas of the world and yet not severing what is done in the world; having the awakening of the buddhas already present and yet not forsaking a bodhisattva’s vows and practices.

Clear away one mistake: do not take the first half of each clause as the main statement and the second as a concession. The two ends of the text hold at the same time — to detach without abandoning is exactly what the name of this chapter means. Li Tongxuan, explaining the name of the whole chapter, takes this same sense, saying that a bodhisattva “although he practices the myriad practices of Samantabhadra, he is not stained by the world,” and therefore it is named the Chapter on Detachment from the World; this is Tongxuan’s interpretation, attributed to him.

Chengguan takes the beginning of this gate as the outline of the fourth ground: “fourth, the five gates from ‘the path that leaves birth behind’ onward make clear the practice within the fourth ground.” And he explains why: “the first three grounds are lodged as being the same as the world, and there are the delusions of views and the rest, like raw food lying in the belly. The fourth ground is lodged as being the same as transcending the world; the counteragent is pure and is able to leave that rawness behind” — this is an assignment and a simile belonging to the commentators, attributed to Chengguan.

Bring it down to use: this gate is a measuring rod for judging whether one’s own practice is right. If one’s practice takes one further and further away from people, every one of these ten clauses is saying that it is not.

Gate 23. Settled Dharmas — Ten Matters That, Once Settled, Move No More

Question: how does this differ from the “settled conviction” of the fourteenth gate?

Settled conviction is said in terms of view; settled dharmas are said in terms of station. All ten clauses open with “settled”: settled that he takes birth within the family of the Tathāgata; that he abides within the realms of the buddhas; that he knows fully the matters a bodhisattva undertakes; that he abides securely in the perfections; that he obtains a place in the assemblies of the Tathāgata; that he is able to display the lineage-nature of the Tathāgata; that he abides securely in the powers of the Tathāgata; that he enters deeply into the awakening of a buddha; that he is together one body with all the tathāgatas; that where he abides and where the tathāgatas abide are without duality. The first five clauses speak of the settledness of entering the assembly; the last five, of the settledness of being of one substance with the buddhas.

Clear away one mistake: this gate has no closing sentence of superior benefit beginning “if the bodhisattvas abide securely in this dharma”; it closes upon “these are the ten.” So the text has it, and there is no need to supply what it lacks.

Bring it down to use: the tone of these ten clauses is one of declaration. What they address is the sentence in a practitioner’s heart that asks, ‘do I actually count?’ — ten ‘settleds’ are ten confirmations.

Gate 24. The Path That Brings Forth the Buddha-dharma — Ten Roads by Which the Buddha-dharma Grows Up in Oneself

Question: “accomplishing the Buddha-dharma” has only just been spoken of above, and here is “the path that brings forth the Buddha-dharma”; where is the difference?

The difference lies in the word ‘bring forth.’ To accomplish is to make it stand; to bring forth is to make it grow. The ten clauses: according with the good friend; deep-minded faith and understanding; bringing forth the great vow; accepting one’s own roots of good; cultivating throughout all the kalpas without ever having enough; manifesting in asaṃkhya worlds; not severing the bodhisattva practice; the measureless mind; surpassing practice; the lineage of the Tathāgata. Under each clause its reason is attached, and the last is the broadest — “the lineage of the Tathāgata is a path that brings forth the Buddha-dharma, for the reason that it causes all sentient beings to delight in bringing forth the mind of awakening, and with all the dharmas of good aids and sustains them.”

Clear away one mistake: “to accept his own roots of good is a path that brings forth the Buddha-dharma, for the reason that he knows that deeds are not lost” — ‘accept’ here has the sense of assenting to, of holding as settled, not of enduring. To hold it settled that the roots of good one has made will not have been made in vain is one of the conditions for being able to keep walking a long way.

Bring it down to use: the first of the ten clauses is again the good friend. The first clause of the twentieth gate was also the good friend. That the text twice sets it in first place is no accident.

The closing sentence draws out the next gate: “then they will obtain the names of a great man.”

The reasons of the first two clauses and of the seventh reward reading one by one. “According with good friends is a path that brings forth the buddha-dharma, because they plant the same roots of good” — what enables a good friend to bring forth the buddha-dharma is the planting of the same roots of good; it is not that he gives directions, but that what he plants is the very root one plants, and only so does “according with” have real content. “Deep-minded faith and understanding is a path that brings forth the buddha-dharma, because he knows the sovereignty of the buddhas” — what enables faith and understanding to bring forth is knowing the buddhas’ sovereignty; if what is believed is not that sovereignty, belief is only a settling of the heart. And the seventh: “Not severing the bodhisattva practice is a path that brings forth the buddha-dharma, because it increases great compassion” — what the unsevered practice brings forth is not a heap of merit but the increase of great compassion; with great compassion as what is brought forth, this gate can be told apart from the earlier one on bringing the buddha-dharma to accomplishment.

Gate 25. The Names of a Great Man — Ten Names of a Sattva

Question: why speak of names? Are names not outward appellations?

Because each of the ten names in the text is fastened to an actual virtue: bodhi-sattva is “born of the wisdom of awakening”; mahā-sattva is “abiding securely in the Great Vehicle”; the foremost sattva is “realizing the foremost dharma”; the surpassing sattva is “awakening to the surpassing dharma”; the most surpassing sattva is “his wisdom is the most surpassing”; the high sattva is “bringing forth high vigor”; the unsurpassed sattva is “revealing the unsurpassed dharma”; the sattva of power is “knowing the ten powers broadly”; the sattva without equal is “in the world there is nothing to compare with him”; the inconceivable sattva is “in a single thought accomplishing buddhahood.” The name is the fruit, the virtue the cause; only where the virtue is, is the name.

Clear away one mistake: these ten names are not ten ranks. They are appellations one and the same bodhisattva receives from ten angles, not ten steps climbed one after another.

Bring it down to use: the closing sentence says, “if the bodhisattvas obtain such names, then they will accomplish the bodhisattva path” — the name here is not a title but a self-reckoning. How a person calls himself is where he walks.

Gate 26. The Path — One Road Counted from One to Ten

Question: why is this gate especially long?

Because each clause is a whole set of numbered dharmas, counted from one to ten: the one path is not forsaking the single mind of awakening; the two paths are wisdom and skillful means; the three paths are emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness; the four practices are confessing, rejoicing, entreating, and dedicating and directing; the five faculties are faith, vigor, mindfulness, concentration, and wisdom; the six penetrations are the divine eye, the divine ear, the minds of others, former lives, the spiritual foot, and the exhaustion of the outflows; the seven recollections are the recollection of the Buddha, the Dharma, the Saṃgha, relinquishing, the precepts, the gods, and sentient beings; the eightfold noble path is right view through to right concentration; the nine successive concentrations run from leaving desire, ill will, and harm behind to the cessation of feeling and perception; the ten powers run from the knowledge of what is possible and not possible to the knowledge of the exhaustion of the outflows. From one to ten, ten sets of Dharma gates strung into a single bodhisattva path.

Clear away one mistake: every set in this gate has been rewritten; none is simply carried over from the śrāvakas. The divine eye among the six penetrations “knows that sentient beings die here and are born there” for the sake of liberating them; the knowledge of the exhaustion of the outflows “realizes the true limit here and now, and yet sets going the bodhisattva practice without severing it”; the nine successive concentrations are the plainest of all — “though he abides in the concentration that extinguishes all perception and feeling, yet also not to cease the bodhisattva practice.” The same numbered dharmas, landing on a bodhisattva, gain one further tail: the not forsaking of sentient beings. This is what the gate really means to teach.

Bring it down to use: many suppose that the Great Vehicle has a separate set of practices of its own. This gate says it does not — the numbered dharmas are the same set; only the intent with which they are used differs.

The three sets — the eightfold noble path, the nine successive attainments, and the ten powers — are each rewritten limb by limb in the scripture, and none may be passed over. The first limb of the eightfold path reads “he walks the path of right view, because he leaves behind all wrong views” — right view is a path in leaving wrong views behind, not in setting up a view of its own. The limb of right livelihood is written at greatest length: “he abides securely in right livelihood, with the austere practices and contentment, his deportment examined and correct, according with awakening he practices the four noble lineages, because all faults are forever left behind” — the rightness of livelihood is bound to the four noble lineages and to deportment, not to a choice of occupation. The last limb: “his mind is constantly in right concentration, because he enters well the bodhisattva’s inconceivable gate of liberation, and within one samādhi brings forth all samādhis” — the standard of right concentration is bringing forth all samādhis within one, not sitting long. In the nine successive attainments every limb turns on an “and yet”: the first, “he leaves behind desire, hatred and harming, and yet with all verbal deeds expounds the Dharma without obstruction”; the fifth, “from this he is unmoving and enters the formless attainments, and yet does not abandon birth in the realms of desire and form” — entering the attainments and yet not abandoning birth is where the road parts from the two vehicles. The ten powers begin with “the knowledge that knows well what is possible and what is not possible” and end with “the knowledge that knows well the delights and desires of all beings, their proclivities and the exhaustion of the residues of their delusion, and yet he does not abandon the bodhisattva practices” — the ten are numbered out and still close on not abandoning the practices, by the same stroke as the last of the six penetrations, “the knowledge of the exhaustion of the outflows, because he directly realizes the true limit and yet arouses the bodhisattva practice without severing it.” The middle five limbs each have their reason too: right thought is “he casts off false discrimination, because his mind constantly accords with all-knowledge”; right speech, “because he leaves behind the four faults of speech and accords with the holy words”; right action, “because he teaches and transforms beings so that they are tamed”; right effort, “because he diligently cultivates all the ascetic practices of a bodhisattva and enters the ten powers of the Buddha without hindrance”; right mindfulness, “because he is able to hold in memory all sounds of speech and to extinguish the scattered and stirring mind of the world” — after each limb there hangs a “because,” and the reason lies wholly in benefiting beings and entering the Buddha’s knowledge, not in one’s own release. The three middle turns of the nine successive attainments are likewise: “he extinguishes applied and sustained thought, and yet with the applied and sustained thought of all-knowledge teaches and transforms beings” — what is extinguished is the coarse and fine searching of thought, what is used is the thought of all-knowledge; “he casts off joy and delight, and yet sees all buddhas and his mind greatly rejoices” — what is cast off is the joy of meditation, what is gained is the joy of seeing the buddhas; “he leaves behind worldly pleasure, and yet accords with the pleasure of the world-transcending bodhisattva path” — what is left is worldly pleasure, what is accorded with is the pleasure of the path; and the last limb, “though he abides in the attainment of the cessation of all perception and feeling, he does not cease from the bodhisattva practices” — having entered the deepest attainment he still does not stop the bodhisattva practices. To each of the eight middle items of the ten powers the scripture ties a “knowledge”: the knowledge of the causes and fruits of deeds and their results, the knowledge of expounding the Dharma according to faculties, the knowledge of the various natures, the knowledge of the skilful means that cause entry into the Dharma, the knowledge that displays everywhere the form and deportment of a tathāgata and yet does not abandon the bodhisattva practices, the knowledge that brings forth by skilful means the bodhisattvas’ gates of liberation, the knowledge of the differences of dying here and being born there, and the knowledge that in one thought knows all the kalpas of the three times — every one of them turns from the knowing of the śrāvaka’s ten powers into the bodhisattva’s use in delivering beings.

Gate 27. Measureless Paths — Ten Things Are Measureless, and So the Path Is Measureless

Before speaking of this gate, the text first gives a general heading: “Sons of the Buddha! Bodhisattva-mahāsattvas have measureless paths, measureless auxiliary paths, measureless paths of cultivation, and measureless paths of adornment.” This sentence has neither “which are the ten?” nor “these are the ten”; it only announces the four gates below and does not itself constitute a gate. Set it aside, and the answering text of this stretch comes to exactly fifty gates, agreeing with Chengguan’s “fifty gates” and Fazang’s “five hundred phrases.”

Question: why is the bodhisattva path measureless?

The text answers very evenly: it does not say that the path is itself so great as to have no bound, but fastens the measure of the path to ten other things — space is measureless, the Dharma realm is boundless, the realm of sentient beings is inexhaustible, the worlds are without limit, the number of the kalpas cannot be exhausted, the dharmas of the languages of sentient beings are measureless, the body of the Tathāgata is measureless, the voice of a buddha is measureless, the powers of the Tathāgata are measureless, the wisdom of all wisdoms is measureless — and therefore the bodhisattva path too is measureless.

Clear away one mistake: these ten clauses are not ten paths; they are one and the same path measured out as measureless ten times over by ten different rulers. Read them as ten, and this gate falls apart.

Bring it down to use: practitioners often fear that they ‘cannot finish.’ This gate says that not being finishable is precisely its nature — because the objects it faces were measureless to begin with.

Gate 28. Measureless Auxiliary Paths — What Is Gathered as Provision Is Measureless Too

Question: the path has been shown to be measureless; why speak further of the auxiliary path as measureless?

Because the path is what is walked, and the auxiliary path is what is gathered. The gate before said that the measure of the path is fastened to its objects; this gate says that the provision gathered is measureless accordingly, and the sentence-patterns answer one to one: as the realm of space is measureless, so the auxiliary path gathered is measureless; as the Dharma realm is boundless, so it is boundless; as the realm of sentient beings is inexhaustible, so it is inexhaustible; as the worlds are without limit, so it is without limit; as the number of the kalpas cannot be exhausted, so all the world cannot exhaust it in the telling. The last five clauses vary a little, writing the bodhisattva’s own functioning into them — “for the reason that a bodhisattva utters a single word and sound that pervades the Dharma realm, and there is no sentient being who does not hear and know it, the auxiliary path he gathers is measureless too.”

Clear away one mistake: the “auxiliary path” is not a secondary path. It is the provision required for accomplishing the path, and the six perfections and the myriad practices are all within it; ‘auxiliary’ is said relative to the fruit, not relative to importance.

Bring it down to use: read this gate together with the one before, and one sees that the text has said the same thing twice over: the objects faced are measureless, and the provision gathered is measureless. That being so, there is no reason for haste.

The last five vary somewhat because what they are compared to has shifted from realms and eons to the speech-dharmas of beings and the functioning of buddhas and bodhisattvas. “As the speech-dharmas of beings are measureless, so the auxiliaries the bodhisattva gathers bring forth a wisdom that knows the speech-dharmas, and this too is measureless” — here the auxiliaries gathered directly bring forth a wisdom, the wisdom that knows speech-dharmas. “As the body of the Tathāgata is measureless, so the auxiliaries the bodhisattva gathers pervade all beings, all lands, all ages, and all eons, and are measureless” — what it is compared to is the Tathāgata’s body, and what is gathered pervades those four, so that the inexhaustibility falls on the pervading. “As the power of the buddhas is measureless, so the auxiliaries the bodhisattva accumulates by relying on the Tathāgata’s power are measureless” — this clause adds “relying on,” so that the measurelessness of the auxiliaries does not issue wholly from one’s own strength. And the last: “As the wisdom of omniscient wisdom is measureless, so the auxiliaries the bodhisattva accumulates are likewise without measure” — taking omniscient wisdom as the comparison gathers up all nine preceding clauses. The first five compare with the measurelessness of objects, the last five with the measurelessness of buddhas: these are the two halves of this gate.

Gate 29. Measureless Paths of Cultivation — Ten Manners of Cultivating

Question: how does this gate differ from the nineteenth gate, “cultivation”?

The nineteenth gate speaks of what is cultivated; this gate speaks of how it is cultivated — the first eight clauses are stated by withholding, the last two by affirmation: neither coming nor going; neither increase nor decrease; neither existent nor nonexistent; like an illusion, like a dream, like a shadow, like an echo, like an image in a mirror, like a shimmering mirage in the heat, like the moon in the water; emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness, and non-action; the unspeakable, the wordless, that which is apart from words; not destroying the Dharma realm; not destroying suchness and the true limit; vast wisdom; abiding in the evenness of the ten powers of the Tathāgata, the four fearlessnesses, and the wisdom of all wisdoms.

Clear away one mistake: to withhold is not to do nothing. Under every clause a positive reason is fastened — “the cultivation of emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness, and non-action, for the reason that he sees the three realms clearly and yet gathers merit without resting.” What is withheld is grasping, not practice. This sentence is the eye of the whole gate.

Bring it down to use: at a certain stage in practice a person will think, ‘since everything is like an illusion, why cultivate any further?’ The fifth clause of this gate is the answer: seeing the three realms clearly as illusory, and gathering merit without resting.

The reasons of the first three clauses run together, and where Chengguan explains his own commentary he gathers them into three senses: not arousing the mind, according with the original nature, and dispelling the mark of cultivation. Set against the scripture this is plain. “Cultivation that neither comes nor goes, because the deeds of body, speech, and mind are without motion” — what neither coming nor going is bound to is the motionlessness of the three kinds of deed, and this is said with respect to concentration. “Cultivation that neither increases nor decreases, because it is as the original nature is” — what it is bound to is being as the original nature is, and this is said with respect to contemplative wisdom. “Cultivation that is neither existent nor non-existent, because there is no own-nature” — what it is bound to is the absence of own-nature, and even the two cultivations above are not set up. Each of the three goes a layer deeper than the last. Two clauses in the second half then write out the functioning of wisdom in full: “Cultivation that does not destroy the dharma-realm, because wisdom knows all dharmas manifestly” — not destroying is not leaving it untouched but wisdom’s manifest knowing; “cultivation of vast wisdom, because the power for whatever is to be done is inexhaustible” — the standard of vastness is the inexhaustibility of the power for what is done, not the breadth of what is known.

Gate 30. The Path of Adornment — Ten Sayings of ‘Although … and yet …’

Question: why are the ten clauses of this gate especially long?

Because every clause has to say both ends at once. Not parting from the realm of desire and yet entering the dhyānas of the realm of form and the formless realm without taking birth there; entering the path of the śrāvakas and yet not taking up going forth; entering the path of the pratyekabuddhas and yet bringing forth great compassion without resting; having a hundred thousand palace women singing and dancing in attendance and yet never for a moment forsaking samādhi; sharing the desires and delights of sentient beings and yet not forsaking the samādhi of evenness; having reached the far shore of the world and yet not forsaking the practice of liberating beings; abiding securely in the right path and yet displaying entry into the wrong paths so as to make those beings leave the wrong behind; constantly upholding the pure precepts and yet displaying the practice of the common and the foolish, even to displaying birth in the hells, among the animals and the hungry ghosts; being an unsurpassed master and yet displaying reverence for the master of discipline and the preceptor; obtaining the anointing of all the tathāgatas and yet still displaying birth in all the lands.

The ninth and tenth clauses further add a “why is this?” of self-question and self-answer — the ninth answering “a bodhisattva-mahāsattva by skillful means abides in the bodhisattva path, and in accord with what is fitting displays all these things,” and the tenth answering “a bodhisattva, wishing swiftly to realize anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, contemplates the gates of all-knowing wisdom and cultivates the bodhisattva practice without rest.”

Clear away one mistake: “he displays the practice of all the ways of the common and the foolish” and “he displays taking birth in all the hells” do not say that the bodhisattva has truly fallen. The text nails it down with a clause of its own: “yet in truth the bodhisattva is not born within those destinies.” The displayed and the actual must be kept apart.

Bring it down to use: what this gate speaks of is a capacity — to be able to go in without being stuck to. Practitioners are often caught between two sides: to enter the world is to fear being stained; to leave it is to fear growing cold. These ten clauses speak of a third road.

The ninth and tenth clauses each carry a further set of limits, and without seeing them one cannot tell why these two are so long. The ninth opens with “not taught by another, he obtains unobstructed eloquence” — not being taught by another is the root of the clause, and the light of wisdom, being of one dharma-body with all buddhas, and the realms of the buddhas appearing before him all unfold from it; yet at the end it comes down to “though he is in truth an unsurpassed teacher for beings, he shows himself practicing reverence toward preceptors and masters,” with the question raised and answered: “the bodhisattva-mahāsattva, by skillful means, abides in the bodhisattva path and manifests whatever is fitting for them.” The tenth then uses a run of negations as its limits: “he does not abandon the bodhisattva practices, does not forsake the bodhisattva dharmas, does not slacken in the bodhisattva works, does not depart from the bodhisattva path,” and follows with six more — not letting the deportment go slack, not severing, not resting, not breaking off, not wearying, not halting. The consecration has been received and sovereignty accomplished, and yet not one of the ten is diminished — that is why the tenth clause has to be said at such length.

Gate 31. Feet — If He but Lifts a Step, He Reaches Everywhere Throughout All Worlds

From this gate onward the text changes over to speaking by way of the body. Ask first: why begin from the feet?

Because the feet are what can walk. The ten feet are keeping the precepts, vigor, the spiritual penetrations, spiritual power, the deep mind, the firm oath, according, delighting in the Dharma, the rain of the Dharma, and practice — not one of them is a foot. Keeping the precepts is a foot because “his surpassing great vows are all fulfilled”; vigor is a foot because “he gathers all the factors of awakening without retrogressing.” Fazang divides the ten feet into five pairs: the first two with reference to practice (precepts, vigor), the next two with reference to penetration, the next two with reference to mind (faith, vow), the next two with reference to the Dharma (guarding, hearing), the last two with reference to virtue — the spiritual penetrations and spiritual power are feet too, the two spoken of with reference to penetration. Only in the closing sentence is the simile drawn back in: “then they will obtain the unsurpassed and most surpassing foot of the Tathāgata, and if he but lifts a step, he will be able to reach everywhere throughout all the worlds.”

Clear away one mistake: the foot is the capacity to walk, not the organ of walking — of the ten bodies Fazang says “taking the practices themselves as the body,” and of the ten feet he sets out the five pairs, with reference to practice, to penetration, to mind, to the Dharma, and to virtue; so the feet of spiritual penetration and spiritual power are not to be erased, nor is the result of the ten feet to be credited to keeping the precepts and vigor alone.

Bring it down to use: of the ten feet in this gate, the first is keeping the precepts. Whether one walks far is first a question of whether one stands firm.

The outline of the ancient worthies has “fourth, the twenty gates from ‘the ten kinds of foot’ onward are the practice in which the marks of recompense are complete and full, lodged in the stations from the eighth ground upward” — this is the outline of the ancient worthies, which Chengguan cites and records while setting up his own, whose last division begins with the thirteen gates from “the ten kinds of head” onward.

Fazang further groups the ten feet two by two: “Of these, the first two are with respect to practice, one being the precepts and one vigor; the next two with respect to the penetrations, one general and one particular; the next two with respect to the mind, one being faith and one vow; the next two with respect to the Dharma, one guarding and one listening; and the last two with respect to virtue, one merit and one severance.” Read through that frame, the ten feet are not merely the two of precepts and vigor. The two with respect to the penetrations are the spiritual penetrations and spiritual power, one general and one particular: “the foot of the spiritual penetrations, because he gladdens beings according to their desires” states the according generally, and “the foot of spiritual power, because without leaving one buddha-land he goes to all buddha-lands” states particularly the arriving without moving. The two with respect to the mind are the deep mind and the firm oath: “the foot of the deep mind, because he vows to seek every surpassing dharma” is what is sought, and “the foot of the firm oath, because all that he does is carried through to the end” is what is accomplished. The two with respect to the Dharma are according and delighting in the Dharma: “the foot of according, because he does not go against the teaching of any venerable one” is the receiving, and “the foot of delighting in the Dharma, because he hears and retains all the Dharma the buddhas expound without tiring or slackening” is the holding. The two with respect to virtue are the rain of Dharma and practice: “the foot of the rain of Dharma, because he expounds for the multitude without timidity” is merit given to others, and “the foot of practice, because all evils are left far behind” is the virtue of one’s own severance. The ten feet stand in pairs, one for self and one for others, one general and one particular; whether one walks far is a matter of whether these five pairs are even.

Gate 32. Hands — Ten Hands That Draw People In

Question: the feet speak of the capacity to walk; what do the hands speak of?

They speak of drawing in. The hand of deep faith is single-minded acceptance of what a buddha has spoken; the hand of giving fills up whatever people desire; the hand that greets and inquires first is “he extends his right palm to meet them and draw them in”; the hand that makes offerings to the buddhas; the hand of learning much and of skillfulness cuts off people’s doubts; the hand that causes them to pass beyond the three realms is “he gives to sentient beings and draws them out of the mire of desire”; the hand that sets them upon the far shore is “within the four torrents it rescues the sentient beings who are drowning”; the hand that is not stingy with the true Dharma; the hand that skillfully employs the many treatises is “with the medicine of wisdom he extinguishes the illnesses of body and mind”; the hand that constantly upholds the jewel of wisdom is “he opens up the light of the Dharma and breaks through the darkness of the afflictions.”

Clear away one mistake: among these ten hands, one is especially plain — the hand that greets and inquires first, opening the right palm to meet a person. Of the ten matters, nine are great matters of the Dharma, and one is merely speaking first in greeting. That the text sets it alongside the others is deliberate.

Bring it down to use: hands are what one extends. What this gate asks, clause by clause, is: how many kinds of hand have I extended to people?

Two of the ten hands do not state their reason in terms of other people, and are worth looking at separately. “The hand of making offerings to the buddhas, because he gathers manifold merit without weariness or aversion” — this hand is not extended toward people but toward the buddhas; making offerings is a hand in that it gathers merit without weariness, and this too is a kind of being able to give. “The hand that is not stingy with the true Dharma, because he reveals all the wondrous dharmas he has” — the reason is a single clause: all the wondrous dharmas are revealed; the standard of not being stingy is not an inward willingness to part with them, but whether, and how much, has actually been revealed. And the first hand: “the hand of deep faith, because toward what the buddhas expound he wholly assents and upholds it to the end” — of the ten hands that draw people in, the first is extended toward what the buddhas expound; only what one can bear up under can be handed on.

Gate 33. The Belly — A Ground of Mind with Room for People

Question: what Dharma can a belly speak of?

The text speaks of inward quality. The belly that leaves flattery and crookedness behind is a pure mind; the belly that leaves illusion and falsity behind is an upright nature; the belly that is not false is without treachery or partiality; the belly that neither cheats nor seizes seeks nothing greedily among all goods; the belly that cuts off the afflictions is complete in wisdom; the belly of the pure mind leaves the evils behind; the belly that contemplates food and drink calls to mind the dharma as it truly is; the belly that contemplates non-action awakens to dependent origination; the belly that awakens to every path of going forth is well able to bring the deep mind to maturity; the belly that leaves far behind the stain of all the extreme views causes all sentient beings to be able to enter the belly of a buddha.

Clear away one mistake: “the belly that contemplates food and drink” is not about moderation in eating. The reason fastened to it is “he calls to mind the dharma as it truly is” — the contemplating of food is a gate, and the calling to mind of the dharma as it truly is the weight; the emphasis lies in the second half.

Bring it down to use: the belly in a person’s body is the place that hides things best, and so the text uses it to speak of what is hidden in the mind. The closing sentence says, “then they will obtain the unsurpassed vast belly of the Tathāgata, which is fully able to contain and receive all sentient beings” — only when flattery and crookedness, illusion and falsity, are not hidden inside is there room for people.

Gate 34. Storehouses — Ten Storehouses That Are Not Let to Be Severed

Question: what does ‘storehouse’ mean?

It is what contains and holds; it is a treasury. The first three of the ten storehouses are the three jewels: not severing the lineage of the Buddha, increasing the lineage of the Dharma, sustaining the lineage of the Saṃgha. The middle three are the three groups of sentient beings: awakening the rightly settled group, bringing the unsettled group to maturity to the end, bringing forth great compassion for the wrongly settled group. The last four are the virtues of a buddha: fulfilling the indestructible causes of the ten powers, the most surpassing and fearless great lion’s roar, obtaining the eighteen exclusive dharmas, knowing fully everywhere all sentient beings, all the fields, all dharmas, and all the buddhas. The three jewels, the three groups, the virtues of a buddha: the ten clauses fall into three sets.

Clear away one mistake: “to bring forth great compassion for the sentient beings of the wrongly settled group — this is a bodhisattva storehouse, for the reason that he causes the causes of the future all to be accomplished” — the wrongly settled group is the capacity hardest to liberate, and the text does not say forsake; it says “bring forth great compassion” and “cause the causes of the future all to be accomplished.” What cannot be liberated now — then plant the causes of the future. This is the broadest clause of the ten storehouses.

Bring it down to use: what makes a storehouse a storehouse is that it is not severed. What this gate asks, clause by clause, is: what has passed through me and not been broken off?

Among the three groups, the reasons of the clause on the fixed and the clause on the unfixed should be read against each other. “Awakening beings of the rightly fixed group is a bodhisattva’s storehouse, because he accords well with their time and does not overstep a single thought” — the rightly fixed group are already settled for deliverance, and the difficulty lies not in whether they can be delivered but in the timing; “does not overstep a single thought” means not missing it, a thought early or a thought late both being wrong. “Bringing beings of the unfixed group to final maturity is a bodhisattva’s storehouse, because he causes their causes to continue on without interruption” — the unfixed may go either way, and so what is used is not “according with the time” but “the causes continuing”; keep the causes they have planted running on unbroken, and in time they ripen of themselves. Both are the delivering of beings, yet one clause uses timing and one uses continuity, while the third, on the wrongly fixed group, uses great compassion and future causes. Three clauses, three methods, according to the differing capacities.

Gate 35. The Mind (the Second Occurrence) — This Gate’s Mind Is Not the Seventh Gate’s

Question: the seventh gate has already spoken of “ten kinds of mind”; why speak of it again here?

The name of the gate is the same; what is spoken of is not. The seventh gate spoke of the substance and nature of the mind by way of ten things as similes; this gate speaks of ten manners of the mind in the doing of things: diligent, unslackening, greatly brave and strong, practicing in accord with the principle, non-retrogressive, pure in its nature, knowing sentient beings, the great Brahmā-abiding that causes them to enter the Buddha-dharma, emptiness and signlessness and wishlessness and non-action, and the adornment of the mark of the svastika, the surpassing storehouse firm as adamant. The first five clauses speak of the strength for doing things; the middle two, of knowing oneself and others; the last three, of where the mind rests. Chengguan says that the mind of this gate is in Sanskrit hṛdaya, the heart of flesh, spoken of over against the other viscera; the mind of the first ground was citta, the mind that deliberates and knows, spoken of over against body and speech.

Each of the ten clauses has its reason; read them one by one. The diligent mind, “because all that is done is carried through to the end” — diligence lies in finishing; the unslackening mind, “because he accumulates the practices of merit for the marks and signs” — not slackening lies in gathering merit; the greatly brave and strong mind, “because he crushes all the armies of the demons”; the mind that practices in accord with the principle, “because he extinguishes all the afflictions” — accord with the principle is a practice that counters the afflictions, not a compliance in doctrine; the non-retrogressive mind, “because up to bodhi he never ceases”; the mind pure in its nature, “because he knows the mind to be unmoving and without attachment” — purity is not having nothing to do, it is knowing the mind’s unmovingness and not clinging; the mind that knows beings, “because he causes them to gain release according to their understanding and desire” — knowing people is for the sake of their release; the mind of the great Brahmā-abiding that causes them to enter the Buddha-dharma, “because he knows the various understandings and desires of beings and does not rescue them by a separate vehicle” — knowing that their understandings and desires differ, he still does not rescue them by another vehicle; the mind of emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness and non-action, “because he sees the marks of the three realms and does not grasp at them” — the three gates of liberation fall upon the mind as seeing the marks without grasping; and the mind adorned with the mark of the svastika, the surpassing storehouse firm as adamant, “because though demons equal in number to all beings come, they cannot stir a single hair.” The first five are the strength for doing, the middle two are knowing, the last three are resting — taken together the ten clauses are the ten faces of one mind at work on the ten grounds.

Clear away one mistake: the last clause, “the mind adorned with the mark of the svastika, the surpassing storehouse firm as adamant, for the reason that though demons equal in number to all sentient beings should come, they could not so much as move a single hair of him,” is not about spiritual power guarding the body. It runs the same road as the seventh gate’s “a mind like the encircling mountains of adamant, for the reason that the demons and the outsiders cannot shake it” — with respect to the heart of flesh of this gate it is spoken with reference to phenomena, and with respect to the Dharma the Chao says that “with reference to the Dharma all ten are fused without exhaustion” — so the last clause carries both the unshakability of the mind and the unshakability of the flesh, the two senses standing together, neither taken alone.

Bring it down to use: the clause “the mind of the great Brahmā-abiding that causes them to enter the Buddha-dharma, for the reason that he knows the various understandings and desires of sentient beings and does not use another vehicle to rescue and protect them” most repays turning over: he knows that each person has his own understanding and desire, and yet does not on that account swap in another set of teachings to humor him.

Gate 36. The Armor Donned — Ten Coats of Mail Worn upon the Body

Question: since the firmness of the mind has already been had, why speak further of armor?

The firmness of the mind is the substance; the armor donned is the aspect. The ten coats of mail: the armor of great loving-kindness rescues and protects sentient beings; the armor of great compassion is able to endure all sufferings; the armor of the great vow brings everything undertaken to its end; the armor of dedicating and directing establishes the adornments of the buddhas; the armor of merit benefits sentient beings; the armor of the perfections liberates all that has consciousness; the armor of wisdom extinguishes the darkness of the afflictions; the armor of skillfulness in means brings forth the roots of good of the universal gate; the armor of the mind of all wisdom, firm and unscattered, does not delight in the other vehicles; the armor of the single-minded and settled leaves doubt behind with regard to dharmas.

Clear away one mistake: armor is a thing of defense, yet not one of these ten coats of mail is for protecting oneself. The armor of great loving-kindness is “he rescues and protects all sentient beings”; the armor of great compassion is “he is able to endure all sufferings” — the purpose of donning armor is to be able to take the blows and so go on doing the work, not to hide.

Bring it down to use: this gate and the next are a pair — first don the armor, then take up the arms; first be able to receive, then be able to break.

Gate 37. Weapons — Even the Afflictions and Birth-and-Death Have Become Arms

Question: the strangest clause of this gate is “greed, hatred, delusion, and all the afflictions are a bodhisattva’s weapon.” How can the afflictions be arms?

The text gives its own reason: “for the reason that by the gate of the afflictions he liberates sentient beings.” The next clause runs the same way: “birth-and-death is a bodhisattva’s weapon, for the reason that without severing the bodhisattva practice he teaches sentient beings.” The first six clauses are still ordinary: giving crushes stinginess; keeping the precepts casts away transgression; evenness cuts off discrimination; wisdom extinguishes the afflictions; right livelihood leaves wrong livelihood behind; skillfulness in means manifests everywhere. At the seventh clause it turns all at once, taking what ought to be cut off and using it as arms.

Clear away one mistake: this does not say that the afflictions may be given free rein. “By the gate of the afflictions he liberates sentient beings” is said in terms of manifesting and of working alongside beings, and runs the same road as the thirtieth gate’s displaying the practice of the common and the foolish while “in truth the bodhisattva is not born within those destinies.” The condition for being able to use it is that one is already not used by it. Reverse the sequence, and this clause becomes an excuse.

Bring it down to use: this gate lets a person look afresh at the things in himself that will not be got rid of — while they still cannot be got rid of, they can at the very least be used to feel what others feel.

After the afflictions and birth-and-death the scripture has two more clauses, and they are where this gate closes. “Speaking the Dharma as it truly is, is a bodhisattva’s weapon, because it can shatter every attachment” — having called the afflictions a weapon, the passage might leave one thinking anything at all can be so used, and this clause points back to what is to be shattered: attachment. “Omniscience is a bodhisattva’s weapon, because he does not abandon the gateways of bodhisattva practice” — the reason of the last clause lies not in shattering but in not abandoning; omniscience is the final weapon, and its use is that the gateways of bodhisattva practice are not let go. The first eight clauses say what is shattered; the last two give the aim of the shattering and the floor beneath which nothing is shattered — and only so do the ten come to rest.

Gate 38. Heads — Ten Heads That Stand Above and Yet Do Not Slight Others

From this gate begins the last thirteen gates as Chengguan outlines them. He says: “tenth, the thirteen gates from ‘the ten kinds of head’ onward make clear the practice of the tenth ground; since in the tenth ground the virtues are complete, it is made clear by lodging it in the workings of the six faculties and the four postures. It is further divided in three: the first one gives the general heading of the head of virtue; the next six are the surpassing virtues of the six faculties; the last six are the settled norms of the four postures.” — the first gate is the general heading; the six gates of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are the six faculties; walking, standing, sitting, lying down, together with the places of abiding and the places walked in, are the six gates of the four postures. This is an outline of the commentators, attributed to Chengguan.

Question: the head stands uppermost in the body; does this gate speak of high position?

The ten heads: the head of nirvāṇa, whose crown none can see; the head of reverence, to which humans and gods pay homage; the head of vast resolute conviction, most surpassing within the three-thousandfold world; the head of the foremost roots of good, to which the beings of the three realms all make offerings; the head that bears sentient beings upon it, accomplishing the mark of the fleshy cowl upon the crown; the head that does not slight or despise others, constantly honored and surpassing in all places; the head of the prajñā-pāramitā, nourishing and growing the dharmas of merit; the head of the union with the wisdom of skillful means, displaying everywhere bodies of the same kind as others; the head of teaching all sentient beings, taking sentient beings as disciples; the head that guards the Dharma-eye of the buddhas, causing the lineage of the three jewels not to be severed.

Clear away one mistake: the sixth clause, “the head that does not slight or despise others, for the reason that in all places he is constantly honored and surpassing,” turns the saying around — he is constantly honored and surpassing precisely because he does not slight others. Read standing above as being a cut above others, and this clause throws the reading back.

Bring it down to use: the fifth clause, “the head that bears sentient beings upon it,” is the most concrete of all. A head is for carrying things upon; what it carries is sentient beings.

Gate 39. Eyes — Ten Kinds of Seeing

Question: from this gate begin the six faculties, and the eye comes first. What relation do these ten eyes bear to the five eyes usually spoken of?

The first five eyes are exactly the fleshly eye, the divine eye, the eye of wisdom, the Dharma-eye, and the buddha-eye; the last five are the eye of knowing, the eye of light, the eye that goes forth from birth-and-death, the unobstructed eye, and the eye of all wisdom. To each eye one thing seen is fastened: the fleshly eye sees every form; the divine eye sees the minds of all sentient beings; the eye of wisdom sees the realms of the faculties; the Dharma-eye sees the true characteristic of dharmas; the buddha-eye sees the ten powers of the Tathāgata; the eye of knowing knows and sees dharmas; the eye of light sees the light of a buddha; the eye that goes forth from birth-and-death sees nirvāṇa; the unobstructed eye sees without hindrance; the eye of all wisdom sees the Dharma realm of the universal gate.

It may be noted in passing that in this gate the text has only “they have ten kinds of eye. Namely,” without the question “which are the ten?”; and the last sentence, “then they will obtain the unsurpassed eye of great wisdom of the Tathāgata,” is left without a closing stop. So the base text has it, and it is transcribed word for word.

Clear away one mistake: these ten eyes are not ten organs but ten things seen. The eye here is the name of a capacity for ‘seeing what.’

Bring it down to use: this gate may be taken as a table for checking oneself: when I look at a person now, is what I see form, or mind, or the disposition of his faculties?

Gate 40. Ears — Ten Practices Set Going upon Hearing

Question: why is the pattern of this gate on the ear different from that of the gate on the eye?

The eye is ten eyes each seeing one object; the ear is ten hearings each setting going one practice — hearing the sound of praise, he cuts off craving; hearing the sound of reviling, he cuts off anger; hearing the two vehicles spoken of, he neither grasps nor seeks; hearing the bodhisattva path, he is glad and exults; hearing of the places of suffering and difficulty, he brings forth great compassion and makes the great vow; hearing of the surpassing and marvelous matters of humans and gods, he knows their impermanence; hearing the virtues of the buddhas praised, he diligently applies vigor; hearing of the six perfections and the four means of gathering, he brings forth the mind and cultivates them; hearing every sound of the ten directions, he knows they are like echoes; from the first bringing forth of the mind until the site of awakening, he constantly hears the true Dharma and does not forsake the work of teaching sentient beings.

Clear away one mistake: the first two clauses are the easiest to read backwards. What is cut off on hearing praise is craving; what is cut off on hearing slander is anger — not that one is pleased on hearing praise and endures on hearing slander. Circumstance favorable and adverse, each counteracting what it ought to counteract: this is what the two clauses mean.

Bring it down to use: of the six gates on the six faculties, this one can be used the same day more than any other. How many words must an ear take in over a day; and as each comes in, what is it that arises?

Gate 41. Noses — Ten Kinds of Smelling Scent Without Being Turned by Scent

Question: what Dharma can a nose speak of?

The first four clauses speak of evenness: smelling the foul and not taking it as foul; smelling the fragrant and not taking it as fragrant; smelling fragrant and foul together with an even mind; where there is neither fragrant nor foul, abiding in equanimity. The last six speak of knowing by way of scent: smelling the scent of clothing, bedding, and the limbs, he knows their conduct as to greed, hatred, delusion, and equal portions; smelling the scent of hidden treasures and of grasses and trees, it is as clear as if before his eyes; smelling the scent of sentient beings from the Avīci hell below to the Summit of Existence above, he knows what they have practiced in the past; smelling the scent of the giving, the keeping of precepts, and the learning much of the śrāvakas, he abides in the mind of all wisdom unstirred; smelling the scent of the bodhisattva practice, with the wisdom of evenness he enters the ground of the Tathāgata; smelling the scent of the realm of the wisdom of the buddhas, he still does not abandon and forsake the bodhisattva practice.

Clear away one mistake: “smelling fragrant scents, he does not take them to be fragrant” is not numbness. The first four clauses speak of not being turned by circumstance, and the last six immediately prove that the nose’s power of discrimination is exceedingly fine — not being turned is not the same as not being able to tell apart. Only when the two halves are read together is the sense of this gate had.

Bring it down to use: the last clause weighs most: smelling the scent of the realm of the wisdom of the buddhas, he still does not abandon the bodhisattva practice. Not even the highest scent can pull a person out of practice.

Gate 42. Tongues — Ten Tongues That Cannot Be Exhausted in the Speaking

Question: the third gate has already spoken of speech; what does the tongue here speak of?

The third gate spoke of the manner of speaking; this gate speaks of the inexhaustibility of the capacity to expound the Dharma. The ten tongues: revealing and expounding the inexhaustible practices of sentient beings; revealing and expounding the inexhaustible gates of the Dharma; praising the inexhaustible virtues of the buddhas; setting forth inexhaustible eloquence of speech; opening up and elucidating the auxiliary path of the Great Vehicle; covering everywhere the space of the ten directions; illumining everywhere all the buddha-fields; everywhere causing sentient beings to understand; causing all the buddhas fully to sigh with joy; subduing the demons and the outsiders, extinguishing the afflictions of birth-and-death, and causing them to reach nirvāṇa. The first four clauses use the word ‘inexhaustible’ four times in a row; the last six speak of where it reaches and what it accomplishes.

Clear away one mistake: “the tongue that covers everywhere the space of the ten directions” is said in the sense of a buddha’s mark of the broad and long tongue, and is not a description of the size of an organ. This road is still taking the practices themselves as the body.

Bring it down to use: the difficulty of expounding the Dharma lies not in whether one can speak but in whether the speaking can be exhausted. The four ‘inexhaustibles’ of this gate are the homework of one who expounds.

Gate 43. The Body (the Second Occurrence) — The Same Gate-Name Appearing Again

Question: the first gate spoke of the deeds of the body, the second gate of the body, and here the body again; what are the differences among the three?

The first gate spoke of the body’s functioning; the second took the practices themselves as the body; this gate speaks of the body manifested for the sake of teaching. The ten bodies: a human body to teach humans; a nonhuman body to teach those in the hells, the animals, and the hungry ghosts; a god body to teach the beings of the three realms; a body of one in training, displaying the stage of training; a body of one beyond training, displaying the stage of an arhat; a pratyekabuddha body, causing them to enter the stage of a pratyekabuddha; a bodhisattva body, causing them to accomplish the Great Vehicle; a tathāgata body, anointing the crown with the water of wisdom; a mind-made body, brought forth by skillfulness; the untainted dharma-body, which without any exertion displays the bodies of all sentient beings.

Clear away one mistake: these ten bodies are not ten ranks; they are ten manifested bodies answering to ten classes of capacity to be taught. The last clause weighs most — “the untainted dharma-body, for the reason that without any exertion it displays the bodies of all sentient beings”: it manifests of itself, without any thought needing to be raised.

Bring it down to use: the gate-name “body” recurs (the first gate is “bodily deeds”), and the text makes no attempt to avoid it. That the same word should speak of different things in different places is a common pattern in this scripture; in reading, look at the reason fastened to it, not at the gate-name.

Gate 44. The Mind — The Last of the Six Faculties, on the Manners of Thought

Question: the six faculties come to a close in this gate; what does the mind speak of?

The ten minds: the foremost mind brings forth all the roots of good; the mind that abides securely is firm and unmoving in deep faith; the mind that enters deeply understands in accord with the Buddha-dharma; the mind that understands within knows what the minds of sentient beings delight in; the undisturbed mind has no affliction admixed with it; the bright and pure mind cannot be stained by the adventitious dust; the mind that contemplates sentient beings well misses the moment in not one thought; the mind that chooses well what is to be done has never given rise to a fault in a single instance; the mind that closely guards the faculties tames them and does not let them run scattered; the mind that enters samādhi well enters deeply into a buddha’s samādhi, without self and without what belongs to a self.

Clear away one mistake: that “the mind that closely guards the faculties” is placed at the end of the six faculties is meaningful — eye, ear, nose, tongue, and body have been spoken of before, and at the last it is the mind that guards them. The six faculties do not each go their own way; the mind is what holds them all.

Bring it down to use: “the mind that contemplates sentient beings well, for the reason that not for a single thought does it miss the moment” is the hardest clause. To look at people is not hard; what is hard is not to miss the moment.

Gate 45. Walking — The First of the Four Postures, Ten Directions of Going

From this gate begin the six gates of the four postures as Chengguan outlines them: walking, standing, sitting, lying down, together with the places of abiding and the places walked in. This is an outline of the commentators, attributed to Chengguan.

Question: what does walking speak of?

The ten walkings: the walking of hearing the Dharma, loving and delighting in the Dharma; the walking of expounding the Dharma, benefiting sentient beings; the walking that leaves greed, hatred, delusion, and dread behind, taming one’s own mind; the walking in the realm of desire, teaching the beings of the realm of desire; the walking in the samādhis of the realm of form and the formless realm, causing them swiftly to turn back; the walking that heads toward the meaning of the Dharma, swiftly obtaining wisdom; the walking in every place of birth, teaching sentient beings with mastery; the walking in all the buddha-fields, paying homage and making offerings; the walking of nirvāṇa, not severing the continuity of birth-and-death; the walking that fulfills all the Buddha-dharma, not forsaking the dharma-practice of a bodhisattva.

Clear away one mistake: “the walking of nirvāṇa, for the reason that he does not sever the continuity of birth-and-death” — nirvāṇa and the not severing of birth-and-death set within one clause is precisely the old brushwork of this chapter. Nirvāṇa here is not entering extinction; it is the quiescence of the mind. The mind is quiescent and the work is not broken off.

Bring it down to use: among the ten walkings there is a going out and a coming back — entering the realm of desire to teach its beings, entering the samādhis of the realm of form and the formless realm and causing them swiftly to turn back. Only what can go in and can also come out may be called walking.

Gate 46. Abiding — Ten Places Where One Can Stand Firm

Question: walking is motion, abiding is stillness; what sort of stillness does this gate speak of?

The ten abidings: abiding in the mind of awakening, having never forgotten or lost it; abiding in the perfections, not wearying of the dharmas that aid the path; abiding in expounding the Dharma, wisdom increasing; abiding in the araṇya, realizing the great meditative concentration; abiding in the four noble lineages, in accord with all wisdom and with the shaking off of the dust and with contentment, few in desires and few in affairs; abiding in deep faith, shouldering the true Dharma; abiding in drawing near to the Tathāgata, learning the deportment of a buddha; abiding in bringing forth the spiritual penetrations, fulfilling great wisdom; abiding in the obtaining of forbearance, fulfilling the prediction; abiding at the site of awakening, complete in the powers, the fearlessnesses, and all the Buddha-dharma.

Clear away one mistake: “abiding in the araṇya” and “abiding in expounding the Dharma” stand side by side, the one still and the other in motion, and the text finds no conflict in it. Abiding is not where the body is; it is where the mind comes to rest. Read the araṇya as requiring that one live in the mountains and forests, and this gate has been narrowed.

Bring it down to use: the first abiding is abiding in the mind of awakening, and its reason is only four words — “he has never forgotten or lost it.” The lowest requirement of abiding is not to forget.

Gate 47. Sitting — Ten Seats upon Which He Sits

Question: what does sitting speak of?

The ten seats: the seat of a wheel-turning king, raising up the path of the ten good deeds; the seat of the four world-guarding kings, establishing the Buddha-dharma with mastery throughout the world; the seat of Śakra, being a surpassing lord for sentient beings; the seat of Brahmā, obtaining mastery over his own mind and the minds of others; the lion seat, being able to expound the Dharma; the seat of the true Dharma, revealing it by the power of holding all things and of eloquence; the firm seat, oaths and vows brought to their end; the seat of great loving-kindness, causing evil sentient beings all to be glad; the seat of great compassion, enduring all sufferings without weariness; the adamantine seat, subduing the host of demons and the outsiders.

Clear away one mistake: the first four seats take the kingly stations of the world as their names, but they do not say that a bodhisattva must go and be a king. A seat is the station one occupies, and what is said by borrowing a kingly station is the function that station can set going — a wheel-turning king can raise up the ten good deeds, and so it is borrowed to speak of the station that raises up the ten good deeds.

Bring it down to use: “the seat of great loving-kindness, for the reason of causing evil sentient beings all to be glad” — only one who can stay seated can make the difficult person glad. This clause brings the sense of sitting alive: to sit is to be able to stay seated.

Gate 48. Lying Down — Ten Ways of Lying Down at Ease

Question: can lying down too be practice?

The ten lyings down: the lying down of quiescence, body and mind still and untroubled; the lying down of meditative concentration, cultivating in accord with the principle; the lying down of samādhi, body and mind supple; the lying down of Brahmā, vexing neither himself nor others; the lying down of good deeds, giving rise to no regret afterward; the lying down of right faith, not to be shaken; the lying down of the right path, the good friend revealing and awakening him; the lying down of the marvelous vow, skillfully dedicating and directing; the lying down in which all affairs are finished, everything undertaken brought to completion; the lying down that relinquishes all exertion, all of it having become habitual.

Clear away one mistake: these ten clauses are not postures of sleep. “The lying down of good deeds, for the reason that afterward he gives rise to no regret” — that one has no regret after lying down rests on the deeds done in the daytime; and “the lying down in which all affairs are finished, for the reason that everything he undertakes has been brought to completion” is the same. What lying down speaks of is whether the mind is at ease in the moment of lying down.

Bring it down to use: the last clause, “the lying down that relinquishes all exertion, for the reason that all of it has become habitual and natural,” is the deepest — cultivated to the point where no force is needed, because it has become habit. This answers at a distance to the seventeenth gate, on habit-energies.

Gate 49. The Places of Abiding — From That Which Abides to That Which Is Abided In

Question: the forty-sixth gate has already spoken of “abiding”; how does this gate’s “places of abiding” differ?

Chengguan divides it very clearly here: “fifth, the places of abiding, for the reason that wisdom has a place where it perches and rests. Before, that which abides was made clear; here, that which is abided in is set forth.” The gate before spoke of the mind that abides; this gate speaks of the dharma that is abided in. The ten places of abiding: great loving-kindness, a mind even toward sentient beings; great compassion, not slighting those who have not yet studied; great joy, leaving every sorrow and vexation behind; great equanimity, even toward the conditioned and the unconditioned; all the perfections, with the mind of awakening as foremost; all emptiness, contemplating with skillfulness; signlessness, not going forth from the right station; wishlessness, contemplating taking birth; mindfulness and wisdom, the dharma of forbearance brought to fullness; the evenness of all dharmas, obtaining the prediction. The four measureless minds stand at the head, the three gates of liberation in the middle, and mindfulness and wisdom together with the evenness of dharmas close it.

Clear away one mistake: “taking great compassion as his place of abiding, for the reason that he does not slight those who have not yet studied” — the landing place of great compassion turns out to be not despising a beginner. This clause pulls great compassion back from an emotion to an attitude.

Bring it down to use: this gate is the most solid reading of the four measureless minds: loving-kindness is a mind that is even; compassion is not slighting those who have not yet studied; joy is leaving sorrow and vexation behind; equanimity is evenness toward the conditioned and the unconditioned. Each of the four clauses gives a behavior that can be checked.

Gate 50. The Places Walked In — The Last Gate Closes at the Site of Awakening Without Severing the Bodhisattva Practice

Question: the last gate and the one before are a pair; how are they told apart?

Chengguan says: “sixth, the places walked in: before, that which walks was set forth; here, that which is walked in is made clear. Within these, the first four are one’s own practice.” And in explaining the first clause he attaches a passage: “first, relying upon the four mindfulnesses — the four questions of Ānanda, and the Buddha bidding them rely and abide. Now the practice of relying is set forth.” — this is an explanation of the commentators, attributed to Chengguan. The ten places walked in: right mindfulness, fulfilling the stations of mindfulness; the destinies, perfectly awakening to the destinies of the dharmas; wisdom, obtaining the gladness of the buddhas; the perfections, fulfilling the wisdom of all wisdoms; the four means of gathering, teaching sentient beings; birth-and-death, gathering the roots of good; idle talk and play together with sentient beings, teaching them as is fitting and causing them to leave it behind forever; the spiritual penetrations, knowing the realms of the faculties of sentient beings; skillfulness in means, joined with prajñā; the site of awakening, accomplishing all wisdom and yet not severing the bodhisattva practice.

Clear away one mistake: the seventh clause, “taking idle talk and play together with all sentient beings as his place walked in,” looks like going along with the world, but the text adds a qualification of its own — “for the reason that he teaches them as is fitting and causes them to leave it behind forever.” Within the very same idle talk, the purpose is to make them leave it behind forever. Take the qualification away, and this clause becomes a license for indulgence.

Bring it down to use: the last clause is the close of all fifty gates — “taking the site of awakening as his place walked in, for the reason that he accomplishes all wisdom and yet does not sever the bodhisattva practice,” with the sentence of superior benefit, “then they will obtain the unsurpassed place walked in of the great wisdom of the Tathāgata.” To accomplish all wisdom and yet not sever the bodhisattva practice: one sentence sets down both ends at once. From “with a single body to fill all the worlds” to this clause, the fifty gates have walked a full circle, and what they speak of is still one and the same thing.

Lineage

For the division of these fifty gates the two houses, ancient and later, each have a set, and both stand side by side without any ranking being passed. The ancient worthies divide it in four sections: the first twelve gates are the surpassing practice of the three kinds of deed, lodged in the first ground; the next nine gates are the practice of building up cultivation and leaving obstruction behind, lodged in the second and third grounds; the next nine gates are the practice of building up cultivation to ripeness, lodged from the fourth ground upward; the last twenty gates are the practice in which the marks of recompense are complete and full, lodged from the eighth ground upward. After citing and recording this, Chengguan passed an explicit judgment, “this explanation comes rather close, yet the text is not exhausted in its principle,” and set up instead an assignment ground by ground among the ten grounds: the first ground ten gates, the second ground six gates, the third and fourth five each, the fifth ground two gates, the sixth ground one gate, the seventh and eighth grounds three each, the ninth ground two gates, the tenth ground thirteen gates. Fazang in the Tanxuan ji carries on the same fourfold road, counting the four divisions by gates and giving the total as five hundred phrases — one hundred and twenty gates, ninety gates, ninety gates, two hundred gates; and his second division begins from “the ten kinds of skillful means” where Chengguan has “the ten kinds of diligent cultivation,” and his third division he gives as “the ten kinds of leaving birth behind” where Chengguan has “the ten kinds of path that leaves birth behind.” One and the same manner of division, two ways of measuring and two starting points. All of the above are settled statements of the ancient worthies, recorded without adjudication.

Li Tongxuan does not explain these fifty gates gate by gate; what he explains is the name of the whole chapter and the place of the whole chapter: the Chapter on Detachment from the World stands after the Chapter on the Appearing of the Tathāgata, and “makes clear the practice of benefiting beings that follows upon one’s own buddha-fruit”; and he further says that a bodhisattva, “although he practices the myriad practices of Samantabhadra, he is not stained by the world, and hence it is named the Chapter on Detachment from the World.” This is Tongxuan’s determination of the whole chapter, attributed to him, and not the direct speech of the scriptural text. Chengguan himself further wrote the Yanyi chao to explain his own Shu, and for this stretch its text is indeed there: in it he divides “leaving birth behind” into two senses — leaving birth behind and casting it off, and leaving behind the rawness of the unripe; he divides into four parts the Shu on gate twenty-eight, the measureless auxiliaries to the path, raising an objection there and answering it himself; he divides into four parts likewise the Shu on gate twenty-nine, the measureless cultivation of the path, gathering the first three of its ten clauses into three senses — not arousing the mind, according with the original nature, and dispelling the mark of cultivation; he points out that the seven similes display non-attachment throughout; he names the five viscera plainly as the spleen, the kidneys, the heart, the lungs, and the liver; and at the gate of the eyes he sets up five parts, first distinguishing the five ways in which the fleshly eye does and does not see, and then going on to the heavenly eye, the wisdom-eye, and the Dharma-eye. These are all Chengguan’s own words explaining his own commentary, attributed to him, and each is recorded without adjudication.

The relation of this stretch to the Chapter on the Ten Grounds must be made plain. Chengguan judges this to be “the characteristics of the practice within the stations of the ten grounds,” and the ten grounds in which it is lodged are the very ten grounds directly expounded in the Chapter on the Ten Grounds; but lodging in the stations is a borrowing of the sequence in order to display the shallowness or depth of the characteristics of practice, and this chapter itself has not set up another set of ten grounds. The Chapter on the Ten Grounds directly expounds the characteristics of the grounds; here the grounds are borrowed in order to speak of practice. The two places may be read against each other, but must not be confounded.

As for the parallel translations: the corresponding passage of the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka is likewise Samantabhadra answering Universal Wisdom, and its first gate is likewise “ten kinds of bodily deed”; the fifty gates agree in number and correspond broadly in order, while their names mostly differ — the sixty’s “ten kinds of skilful means” answers to the eighty’s “diligent cultivation,” the sixty’s “ten kinds of leaving birth behind” to the eighty’s “the path that leaves birth behind.” The separately circulating Dushipin jing gathers more than fifty questions into a single asking in front, and only then answers gate by gate in continuous succession; the name of the questioner is also translated as “Universal Knowing.” Reading the three recensions together, the names of the gates confirm one another — where the eighty-fascicle recension has “the place of abiding,” the Dushi has “chamber”; where the eighty-fascicle recension has “the place walked in,” the Dushi has “roaming and dwelling”; and the four graphs “he does not slight those who have not yet studied” are wholly identical in the two recensions. The differences among the recensions are recorded word for word side by side, without adjudication as to which is to be taken.

Looking further before and behind: this stretch is the fifth of the six rounds of the part of the speaking, carrying on from the twenty-nine gates of the practice of the ten dedications and followed by the fifty-one gates of the practice in which cause is complete and fruit is full. The fifty gates begin from the deeds of the body and close with the places walked in, taking the bodhisattva from what he can do, what he can say, and what he can think, all the way through to what he can walk, abide, sit, and lie down as — the one thing this stretch truly teaches a person is to read every part of the body over again as the name of a practice. Having read it through, look once more at this body of one’s own, and what is seen is no longer merely a frame of flesh.

品三十八 離世間品 · 因圓果滿行五十一門Detachment from the World · The Fifty-One Gates of the Practice of the Perfected Cause and the Fulfilled Fruit

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

這一段站在哪裡

普慧菩薩一口氣問了二百句,普賢一句一句答,每句答以十句;澄觀算作「二千普賢勝行」。這是最後一番,五十一門。前面五番答的是十信、十住、十行、十迴向、十地——但要先說清楚一件事:這些位名,經文自己一個字也沒有出。是古來諸德依別行本《度世經》的六番問答立了這個科,澄觀承接下來用它科這部經。所以「因圓果滿行」不是經的自稱,是坐標。讀的時候要能隨時把坐標拿掉,看見經文自己在說什麼。

那經文自己在說什麼?從「有十種觀察」開始,到「示般涅槃」結束。前面是一個修行人怎麼看、怎麼行、怎麼避障;後面是八相成道與佛的三件事——轉法輪、種白淨法、入涅槃。澄觀在這裡下了一個關鍵的判:五十一門並不是全講果,「成如來力」以下四門才真正明果滿,前面全是因圓。他自己也知道這個判和八相衝突——八相不是果嗎?他的解釋是:八相的前五件仍在因位,只因八相是一整組示現,所以一併收進果裡。這是一個「剋實而論」與「隨相而說」的分層,不是含糊。他的《演義鈔》還存了第二種算法:全品二百門中前一百九十六門屬因;也存了另一口徑:八相為果則果有十九門。前一種與『末四門』是同一界(全品二百門對本節五十一門而已),後一種與法藏『住兜率天下一百九十』同界;同一段文字二種口徑並存,這正是本品可開可合的家風。

第一門 觀察:看的是什麼,不是看得多遠

先問一句:修行人「看」,看的是什麼?十觀察給的答案很具體——業、趣、根、法、佛法、智慧、無生忍、不退地、灌頂地、善覺智三昧。澄觀把它分成三段:初二觀所化的對象,次四觀能化的法(他點名是理、果、教、行),後三觀位次。這裡有一個排誤:看業、看趣,聽起來像神通,經文卻立刻拆掉——「知諸趣觀察」下面接的是「不取眾生故」。看得見流轉,卻不因此坐實有一個實在的人在流轉。看根也是:「了達無根故」。所以這十觀察不是視力表,是看見而不落實的訓練。落到自己身上:判斷一個人的根器時,你是在看,還是已經替他定了性?定了性,就是「取」。

第二門 普觀察:從『看見』轉成『接住』

第一門是看,第二門為什麼還要看一次?澄觀說第一門是「解方便故、達通塞故」,第二門是「審慮周遍故」——一個是看得準,一個是看得全。而經文本身給了更硬的區分:這十句每一句後半都是動作。看見乞求的人,就滿他的願;看見犯戒的,就安置在淨戒中;看見害心的,就安置在忍力中。澄觀點出前六句正是以六度對治六蔽。所以「普觀察」不是觀照,是看見即接住。排一個誤:這不是要求你有能力解決一切,是要求「觀」不停在觀。看見懈怠的人而只是嘆一口氣,那還是第一門的事,不是第二門。

第三門 奮迅:威勢從哪裡來

十種奮迅前五個都是猛獸——牛王、象王、龍王、金翅鳥王、師子王,第六起轉成勇健、大智、陀羅尼、辯才,最後一個是如來奮迅。為什麼要先寄喻再約法?澄觀的解釋很簡潔:奮迅是「實德內充、威德外溢」,像師子王那樣,威勢不是擺出來的,是裡面滿了自然溢出來的。法藏說得幾乎一樣,也用「內充」「外溢」。這裡最要防的一個誤讀是把奮迅當作氣勢或者感染力。經文自己給了防線:象王的奮迅是「心善調柔」,不是威猛;龍王的奮迅落在降甘露雨。落到自己身上:講法而聽者動容,可能是辯才,未必是奮迅;奮迅的檢驗在「內充」二字——你講的那一句,自己住得住嗎?

第四門 師子吼:九句誓與一句兌現

師子吼是什麼?澄觀說:「既勇健無畏,則能決定宣唱。」奮迅是威勢,師子吼是把它說出口。十句裡前九句全是「我當」——我當成正等覺、我當令眾生得度、我當令三寶不斷。第十句忽然不再是誓,變成一段敘事:最後身菩薩震動佛土,天人來請,他觀了世間一句「一切眾生無如我者」,就在王宮誕生,行七步而唱「我於世間最勝第一」。經文給這一句的名字是「如說而作大師子吼」。九句是說,第十句是做。這裡要排一個誤:那句「最勝第一」不是自誇,經文下半句立刻補完——「我當永盡生死邊際」。最勝是就這件事說的。落地處:發願容易,願與行之間隔著的就是這第十句。

第五門 清淨施:十施為什麼都叫「清淨」

為什麼每一度都冠一個「清淨」?澄觀答得直接:「離蔽障故,不同世間施戒等故。」清淨不是形容詞,是揀別詞——揀掉世間的施。哪些是蔽?看經文自己給的理由句就知道:平等施是「不揀眾生」,不住施是「不求果報」,開捨施是「心不戀著」。每一句的清淨都落在一個具體的不。末一句三輪清淨最深:施者、受者、施物三邊都如虛空。這裡有個常見誤解——三輪清淨聽起來像是要修到『感覺不到自己在布施』。不是感覺的事,是觀察的事,經文用的字是「正念觀察」。落地:施完之後心裡那句『他該記得』,就是第五句「不求果報」還沒站住。

第六門 清淨戒:戒的十個面向

十戒能不能只記成『別做壞事』?不能。澄觀依三聚戒切它:前三句是律儀,第七與第十是攝眾生,其餘攝善。看經文最耐人尋味的是第七句「隱密護持清淨戒」,理由是「善拔犯戒眾生故」——為了救犯戒的人,自己的持戒要隱密不張揚。這一句把戒從自守推到護他。再看末二句:「遠離一切有見清淨戒,於戒無著故」——連對戒的執著都要離。排一個誤:這不是說戒可以放鬆,第六句剛剛才說「乃至微細罪生大怖畏」。細微罪都怕,同時對戒不執著,兩句是同一個人。落地:持戒而生出優越感,是第九句尚未做到。

第七門 清淨忍:忍不是壓住

十忍前三是被罵、被打、不起恚害,澄觀判為耐怨害忍——忍他人身語意三業的惱害。但十句往下走,忍的性質變了:第六是「遠離我慢」而「不輕未學」,第七是「殘毀不瞋」而「觀察如幻」,末一句直接落到「知一切法無生」。所以這十句是一條線:從忍得住,到看得破,到根本沒有可忍的。要排的誤是把忍讀成壓抑。經文防得很明白——第三句的理由是「其心不動故」,不是『其心強忍故』。落地:如果忍完之後很累,多半還在第一句;累是壓的代價,第七句那個「如幻」不需要力氣。

第八門 清淨精進:精進不等於忙

十精進怎麼分?澄觀說第二句與第十句是饒益有情,第五句是被甲,其餘攝善。經文自己給的骨架更清楚:前三是身、語、意三業精進,第四第五是心地的精進(正直心、增勝心),第六以下轉為對治與成滿。最要注意的是第九句「無來無去清淨精進」——精進到最後是「了相非相,無所著」。這裡排一個誤:精進不是把日程排滿。經文第六句給的檢驗是「無中息」,是不中斷,不是不休息。落地:問自己昨天的用功,是在攝取(第六句),還是只在移動。

第九門 清淨禪:定的前提是生活

十禪一開始講的不是坐姿,是出家、善友、住阿蘭若、離憒鬧——澄觀判前五為方便。要到第六句「心智寂滅」才是定本身,第七第八轉出慧與斷惑,第九第十是通明與遊戲。為什麼定要從這些外緣講起?因為定不是一件孤立的事,環境、同伴、生活形態都是它的前分。第八句尤其要看:「離於味著清淨禪,不捨欲界故」——不貪定的滋味,所以不急著捨掉欲界。排一個誤:耽味禪定在本段第二十三門會被列為「三昧魔」,可見貪定是被明白防的。落地:靜坐之外的十小時,決定了那一小時的品質。

第十門 清淨慧:三段慧

十慧澄觀分得極整齊:初三是解法,屬加行慧;次四是攝生,屬後得慧;後三是證理,屬正體慧。經文的次序正好對得上——先知因、知緣、知不斷不常,這是解;再觀眾生心行、廣大辯才、諸魔外道所不能知,這是用;最後見法身、見本性清淨、一念相應金剛智,這是證。這裡要排的誤是把慧當成聰明。第五句給的理由是「了知如幻」,第九句給的是「令得一切最勝智」——慧的方向始終朝外朝人,不朝自我證明。落地:讀懂了一段法而急著說給人聽,是後得慧的路;讀懂了而先拿它照自己一遍,才有正體慧的份。

第十一門 清淨慈:慈的三個層

四無量心從這裡開始。澄觀說六度多明自利、四等多約利他,並用三緣切這四門。慈的十句,他判前八是眾生緣,第九第十文相自顯——「法緣清淨慈,證於如如真實法故」「無緣清淨慈,入於菩薩離生性故」。什麼叫三緣?緣眾生而起的慈,緣法而起的慈,無所緣而起的慈。前者最親切,後者最徹底。這裡排一個誤:無緣慈不是冷淡。經文第八句剛說「充滿虛空清淨慈,救護眾生無處不至」,第十句才轉入無緣——是先滿了才空的,不是空了就不管。落地:對特定的人起不了慈,多半要回到第一句「等心」——先看有沒有在揀擇。

第十二門 清淨悲:悲的兩個結穴

十悲澄觀判前七眾生緣、第八法緣、後二無緣,並替後二句點出所以然:第九句是「傷其真隱故為顯」,第十句是「念彼不知故令悟」。看經文,這兩句確實跟前八句寫法不同——前八句都是短句,這兩句各是一段完整的觀察:知一切法本性清淨、只因客塵而受苦,於是起悲,名為「本性清淨」;知一切法如空中鳥迹、眾生癡翳照不見,於是起悲,名為「真實智」。悲到這裡不再是不忍見人受苦,是不忍見人本來無事而自以為有事。排一個誤:第二句「代一切眾生受苦,不以為勞」不是說真能代受,理由句給的是「不以為勞」,講的是心量。落地:對人的可憐若帶著俯視,還沒到第六句「不著己樂」。

第十三門 清淨喜:喜從哪裡來

喜是十句裡最容易誤讀的一門,因為它像情緒。澄觀判初四眾生緣、次三法緣、後三無緣。看經文,第一句就把喜的來源定了——「發菩提心清淨喜」,喜的頭一個由來是自己發了心。往下:捨盡所有而喜、不嫌破戒眾生而喜、能忍造惡眾生而喜、捨身求法不悔而喜。每一句的喜都掛在一個不容易的行為上。排一個誤:喜不是順境的產物。第四句明明是「能忍受造惡眾生」,這是逆境。落地:檢查自己上一次真正的歡喜,是因為得到,還是因為給出去了、忍下來了、發了心。

第十四門 清淨捨:兩種等待

捨這一門有個文本上的特別處,澄觀已經標出來:標題說十種,文裡實列十一句,晉本把前二句併為一句才是十。這種開合古德早已誌錄,不必看成錯。內容上,最深的是第九、第十兩句——有的眾生根熟了卻還不能知最上法,等;有的眾生是往昔已教化過、要到佛地才能調伏的,也等。然後第十一句總收:對這兩種人「無高無下,無取無捨」。捨的極致不是放棄,是等得起。排一個誤:捨不是不管。第四句就說了「於法器眾生待時而化,於無法器亦不生嫌」——不化度,但不生嫌。落地:對一個勸不動的人,你的心是等,還是已經斷了。

第十五門 義:所詮之義

從這一門起轉入方便造修,澄觀判前五門明自分行、後三門明勝進行。義與法一對,怎麼分?澄觀說:「若以能詮為法,則以所詮為義。」但他隨即說本段不取能詮為法。十義的第一句最見用心——多聞義,理由是「堅固修行故」,澄觀點出:「一以修行為多聞之義,意在於修不在聞故。」多聞的義竟然是修,不是聞。排一個誤:這不是貶低聞。第二句「法義,善巧思擇故」還在思擇之列。是說多聞這件事的意義落在修,不落在聞的數量。落地:一年讀了多少法,換一個問法——因為讀而改了什麼。

第十六門 法:能持之法

法是什麼?澄觀給了兩義:「一持自性、二軌生物解」——一是自己撐得住,二是能讓人依它生解。他還逐句配:本段前七句通二義、第八第九唯自性、末一唯軌生。末一句是全門的重點——「捨一切烏波提涅槃法」。烏波提,澄觀釋為「有苦」,指二乘的涅槃;他引《佛性論》說二乘無餘尚有三種殘餘,所以不是真無餘。所以這一句是要人捨掉那個看似究竟的休息處,理由句給得很正面:「能生一切菩薩行,修習不斷故。」排一個誤:這不是貶二乘,是說那不是終點。落地:修行中出現的任何一種『終於安穩了』的感覺,都值得用這一句照一照。

第十七門 福德助道具:福是工具

助道具是什麼?澄觀說得乾脆:「福智即道,成福智緣,名助道具。」成就福智的那些條件,就叫助道具。十句裡最值得停的是第一句與第十句。第一句:勸眾生發菩提心是福德助道具,理由「不斷三寶種故」——原來勸人發心本身就是最大的福。第十句是一整段:阿僧祇劫積集的善根,取證菩提本已如在掌中,卻全部捨給眾生,心無憂惱也無悔恨。排一個誤:這不是說功德可以轉讓給誰,經文的落點在「其心廣大等虛空界」,是心量。落地:做過的好事若還記在自己名下,第十句就還沒開始。

第十八門 智慧助道具:十層階梯

這一門是全段較長的一門,十句每句都是一段。澄觀替前三句點名:「一外近善緣、二內調法器、三念慧安處。」看得出這十句是一條由外而內的階梯:親近善知識、去憍慢、念慧不散、樂法樂義、六度四梵住、常樂出離、觀五蘊如幻、聞二無我而深信、止觀雙運、見緣起而五重清淨。第七句的一串譬喻最有名——如幻、如焰、如水中月、如夢、如影、如響、如像、如空中畫、如旋火輪、如虹霓色、如日月光。澄觀釋「界如毒蛇」時引古說以四大為毒蛇,釋「處如空聚」說是「中無人故」。排一個誤:這一串不是文學修辭,第七句自己給的結論是「知一切法無生無滅」。落地:這十句可以當作一份次第自檢表,逐條問『我在第幾句』。

第三句還有一組被壓縮的名相值得單獨拆開。經文說「念慧隨覺未曾散亂,慚愧柔和,心安不動」之後,接著疊了三個「常」——「常憶六念,常行六敬,常隨順住六堅固法」。澄觀替這三組各點一個功能字:「六念自持、六和眾法」,六敬即六和,是眾中相處之法;至於六堅,他說是「六堅順位」,並引《本業》上卷以三賢、十聖、等妙二覺配為六位,即「信堅、法堅、修堅、德堅、項堅、覺堅」,又說此六亦名六忍、六慧、六觀、六性,末後斷云「一切諸佛無不入此故」。六念與六敬二組,澄觀注「並見上文」,回指前文所釋:六念即念佛、念法、念僧、念戒、念捨、念天,疏於前門七念下說「加念眾生為大悲故」,可知六念加念眾生即成七念;六敬即六和,疏釋六和為「身和同集、口和無諍、意和無違、見和同解、戒和同奉、利和同均」,三業與戒、見、利六者皆和。要緊的是這三個「常」何以疊在一起:六念是自己扶住自己,六敬是在眾人裡不生磨擦,六堅是一路走上去而不退轉——向內、向人、向前三個方向,缺一個,另兩個就撐不久。排一個誤:六堅不是六種脾氣硬,澄觀配的是位次,堅是『在那個位子上站得住』。落地:這一句可以逐日問三遍——今日念頭有沒有處可安、與人有沒有起爭、走的路有沒有退。

第十九門 明足:智圓與進趣

明足是什麼?澄觀拆兩個字。明是「惑闇斯亡、智解斯顯」;足有二義,「一智圓備故;二有進趣故」,並說這就是十號中「明行足」的意思,果上叫圓足,因上叫脚足。所以明足既是圓滿,又是還在走。十句前七約行、後三別舉三明——天眼、宿住、漏盡。排一個誤:三明列在這裡不是要人求神通。看理由句:天眼智是「普觀察」,宿住念是「知前際清淨」,漏盡通是「斷眾生諸漏」——三個都朝向眾生。落地:任何一種能力,檢驗它的方式是問它朝哪個方向用。

第二十門 求法:十種心,一條界線

求法要怎麼求?十句每一句都是一組對照:直心求法對「無有諂誑」,精進求法對「遠離懈慢」,一向求法對「不惜身命」。澄觀逐句給了極簡的標籤——始心唯直、中後無懈、內不顧身、外亡名利、雙圓二利、得意亡言、果不近求、因酬所為、普決疑惑、唯滿佛乘。然後他下了一句斷語:「離此十求皆邪求也。」這句很重。排一個誤:邪求不是指求邪法,是指用這十種以外的動機求正法。第六句給的界線最細——「為入智慧求法,不樂文字故」。落地:問自己求法的當下,心裡有沒有一個『這將來派得上用場』的算盤。

第二十一門 明了法:十類人各自的那一段

這一門忽然把凡夫、隨信行、隨法行、第八人、四果、辟支佛、菩薩十類人排了一遍。澄觀說這是「總以普賢勝智了知三乘凡聖差別」。他還替難詞作了注:第八人「即初果向」,並引《俱舍》之疏說八忍之中從後數為第八。這一門的用意在哪裡?在於菩薩要能認得出每一類人現在明了到哪裡。排一個誤:這不是位次的自我對號。經文列的是『他們的明了法』,是化他的所知,不是自證的階梯。落地:跟人談法之前,先判斷他站在哪一句上——講早了無用,講晚了也無用。

第二十二門 修行法:把前面所知變成日課

前一門是明了,這一門是修行。澄觀點得很直:「三修行法者,如說修行方得佛法故。」十句都是可執行的:恭敬善知識、常為諸天所覺悟、於佛所常懷慚愧、哀愍眾生不捨生死、事必究竟心無變動。第二句澄觀還作了一個讀法的校正——「常為諸天者,為字去聲」,是為諸天而覺悟之——菩薩覺悟諸天,不令著樂(法藏語);他引晉本「覺悟諸天」為證。底本字面「常為諸天之所覺悟」,白話依字面譯作被諸天所覺悟,澄觀之讀誌於此。排一個誤:第五句「事必究竟心無變動」不是固執,前後兩句一個講哀愍眾生、一個講隨學菩薩眾,是在關係裡的不變動。落地:這十句最像日課,可以真的逐條對一週。

第二十三門 魔:魔在取,不在物

這一門最容易讀岔。十魔裡有善根魔、三昧魔、善知識魔、菩提法智魔——善根怎麼會是魔?澄觀的處理是全段最鋒利的一節。他先自設一問:蘊魔,身是道器、體與佛同,怎麼就是魔?答:「蘊魔之名特由取著,下九例爾。」魔的名字不落在那個東西上,落在取。他再推一步:「是知以心分別萬法皆魔,何但此十。」還說四魔是就體明,十魔多約執取,所以數目不同。並下一句轉語:一切皆佛,哪有捨魔界求佛界的道理。排一個誤:這不是說善根三昧不必修,經文每一句的理由都指著執取——善根魔是「恒執取故」,三昧魔是「久耽味故」。落地:檢查你最珍視的那一項修行成果,你是在用它,還是在守它。

第二十四門 魔業:十件會把善行做壞的事

魔是體,魔業是事。澄觀說:「行此十事皆能訛善亦招天魔,故為其業。」十句都極具體:忘失菩提心而修善根、惡心布施、瞋心持戒、對深法慳吝、有堪化者不說、得供養而為非法器強說、誹謗正法、學世論而隱覆深法、只親近已解脫的人。第一句是總病——善事還在做,發心掉了。這一門讀完最好停一下,澄觀自己也停了,他寫了一句:「然觀此文,難免魔業,願諸後學審此省躬。」排一個誤:這不是要人恐懼,是要人核對。落地:把這十句當一份年度檢查,多半條條都沾一點——沾到才有得改。

第二十五門 捨離魔業:一一敵對

這一門與前門正對。澄觀說「對障修治,故云捨離」,並指出:「然此十句,敵對反前,但略而不次耳。」他還逐一標了對應——一反第五、二反第二、三反第七、四反第一、五反第四、六反第八、七反第三、八反第九、九反第十、十反第六。為什麼不照次序?他給了兩個理由:一是要顯任隨一善總反前十,二是可以多善共反一過,令人不作定執。排一個誤:不要把它讀成十對十的機械配方。落地:真要用,就取第四句「未曾忘失一切智心」——因為前門的第一句是總病,這一句是總藥。

第二十六門 見佛:十種佛,十種見

障離了,果就現。澄觀判這兩門是「由障離故,果現行成」。這一門的體例很特別,十句都是『某某佛,某某見』——成正覺佛無著見、願佛出生見、業報佛深信見、住持佛隨順見、涅槃佛深入見、法界佛普至見、心佛安住見、三昧佛無量無依見、本性佛明了見、隨樂佛普受見。佛有十種,見也有十種,而且一一相配——但相配之法要看清楚。澄觀特別提醒:「然此中明見,皆稱彼佛而見。」見之名是稱著所見之佛立的,不是說菩薩自己修出這麼一種見法。他舉第一句作證:「如云無著,自屬正覺,非謂菩薩於彼不著。若菩薩於此不著,下九豈當著耶?」無著是正覺佛自身的無著,若解作菩薩不著於佛,那底下九句豈不是要說菩薩著於那九佛?願佛之所以說出生見,是因為「乘此願能生一切德故」;業報佛之所以說深信見,是因為「報即相好莊嚴身業」而「深信為首」——名都從彼佛之德上來。《演義鈔》更遮一救:或謂半就能見(如無著)、半就所見(如出生)豈不亦通?澄觀遮之曰「不得半就能所」,以其令人致惑、取解無由、十種見義成雜亂故——十句一律就所見之佛立名。

第二十七門 佛業:佛在做的十件事

見佛之後說佛業。十句從最平常的開始——隨時開導、夢中令見、說未聞經、為悔纏者說出離法——一直到最後一句,是一整段:首組了達本寂而勤修,加十個『雖…而…』,合十一組——雖知本來寂滅而勤修福智,雖知無造作而不捨自相,雖離貪欲而常瞻佛身,雖知國土如空而常樂莊嚴,雖觀無人無我而教化不疲,雖已成一切智智而修行不息,雖現入涅槃而處處受生。經文自己給這一句命了名:「權實雙行法」。澄觀釋此云「有十種佛業,即是成行。前見佛體,今辨佛因。又行順佛行,故名佛業」——前一門說佛之體,這一門說佛之因,而所以名為佛業,是因為行順著佛的行。排一個誤:這十個轉折不是矛盾修辭,前半句是實、後半句是權,同時成立才叫雙行。落地:修行中每一次覺得『既然本來如此,何必還做』,就是把權那一半丟了。

其餘四組亦各有其權實。第一組是「雖知不由他悟入於法而種種方便求一切智」——不由他悟,是說法非從他人處得;而下半句偏偏是「種種方便求一切智」,兩邊看似打架:既然不靠他人,何以還要遍求?澄觀判這一段十一句,「初一約苦、次一約集、次八約道、後一約滅」,此句正在「約道」之列——不由他悟說的是所悟之體不假外求,求一切智說的是能悟之道非坐待自來。第二組是「雖於法界本來不動而以神通智力現眾變化」,法藏牒經作「五『諸通』下具果不捨因」:不動是果上之體,神通變化是因中之行,證了體不等於歇了行。第三組是「雖知諸法不可言說而轉淨法輪令眾心喜」——知不可說,正是能說的條件;說而不執言,才是「淨」法輪,落點在「令眾心喜」,不在說得多。第四組是「雖能示現諸佛神力而不厭捨菩薩之身」,法藏作「六『示現』下示圓不捨分」:示現的是圓滿之力,不捨的是還在因位的那個身分——這一句與最末一句「七『現大』下現寂不礙生」正好一對,一個不捨菩薩身,一個涅槃而處處受生。排一個誤:這四組不是四種例外,澄觀給全段定的體是「初一總明無作四諦」,十一組都在四諦的架上,只是這幾組落在道諦。落地:四組各對一問——我求法是不是等著它自己來、我證了一分是不是就停手、我說法是不是為了說得漂亮、我有了一點力量是不是就不肯再作學人。

第二十八門 慢業:慢的十種長相

慢不是一種情緒,是十種行為。經文列得毫不留情:對師僧父母不恭敬、對得法的法師起高慢、聽到妙法不肯讚美、好起過慢、好起過過慢、因嫌人而連法一起嫌、自求高座不肯承事、見有德人皺眉窺過、不肯向智者請問、被慢心覆蓋以致新善不起舊善消滅。第六句最值得停——明知「是法、是律、是真實、是佛語」,卻因為嫌那個人而連法一起謗。澄觀科此門所屬云「明離障加持行。中二:初二門內成離障行」,又指出十慢的通相在「皆於尊境不肯禮敬故」——十句長相各別,病根同在一處。排一個誤:慢的核心不是自大,是用人的高下代替法的真假。落地:最近有沒有一段話,因為說的人你不喜歡,你就沒有聽進去。

第二十九門 智業:離慢之後長出來的

這一門的起句不是「佛子」,是接著上一門說的:「若諸菩薩離此慢業,則得十種智業。」慢與智是同一件事的兩面——慢在,智不生。十智業裡有幾句與前門直接對稱:前門不肯親近智者,這裡是「近善知識恭敬供養,其心尊重終無厭怠」;前門對法師起高慢,這裡是「於諸菩薩起如來想」「於修行者生諸佛想」。第八句最見溫度——對諸波羅蜜起慈母想,對善巧方便起慈父想。澄觀釋此云「有十種智業,顯對治行」——這一門不是另起一組功德,是前一門的對治。排一個誤:這不是修辭的親切,是把法當作養育自己的東西看,慢就無處落腳。落地:你對法的態度,比較像對工具,還是像對父母。

第三十門 魔所攝持:被把持的十個徵狀

澄觀判離障十門為前五明離障成行、後五明離障加持。從這一門起是加持的一組。十句全是狀態不是行為:懈怠、志樂狹劣、於少行生足、受一非餘、不發大願、樂處寂滅斷除煩惱、永斷生死、捨菩薩行、不化眾生、疑謗正法。最刺眼的是中間三句——樂處寂滅、永斷生死,這聽起來完全像正修行,卻列在魔所攝持。澄觀釋此門云「今初,即怨障加持」——所以這十句列的是被怨障持住的樣子,不是罪狀。為什麼?排這個誤要看整組的方向:這一段講的是菩薩,菩薩若停在自了,就是被把持。落地:一個修行人最危險的時刻,往往不是懈怠,是『我已經夠了』。

第三十一門 佛所攝持:棄捨之後

這一門與前門一樣是接著說的:「若諸菩薩能棄捨此魔所攝持,則得十種佛所攝持。」十句一一翻轉:初發心、生生持心不忘、覺魔事而遠離、聞波羅蜜如說修行、知生死苦而不厭惡、觀甚深法得無量果、為眾生說二乘法而不證取、樂觀無為而不住其中、至無生處而現受生、雖證一切智而起菩薩行不斷菩薩種。看得出來每一句都是同一個結構:進得去,不停在裡面。澄觀釋此云「明能治行。由離於邪,自然合正」——不是先取佛持,是邪一離開,正就自然合上。排一個誤:「不證取」不是不能證,是不取。落地:你會的那一套,能不能講給只需要那一套的人聽,而自己不落回去。

第三十二門 法所攝持:被法把持的十處

前二門講被魔持、被佛持,這一門講被法持。十句是一份極正統的法目:三法印(一切行無常、苦、無我)、寂滅涅槃、緣起、十二支的順逆生滅、三解脫門出生聲聞乘、無諍法出生獨覺乘、六度四攝出生大乘、一切世是佛智境界、斷念捨取離前後際隨順涅槃。這是全段少見的、把三乘之所以為三乘一次講齊的地方。澄觀把這十句的次第分得很細:「前四即四法印、次二總別緣生、次二大小、後二智斷」。排一個誤:把三乘並列不是等量齊觀,第九句「一切剎、一切法、一切眾生、一切世是佛智境界」已經把量拉開了。落地:知道別人走的那條路是怎麼成立的,才可能不輕慢它,也不誤入它。

第三十三門 住兜率天所作業:八相的第一相

從這一門起進入八相。澄觀的判:這十九門明現果圓滿行,屬妙覺位;但若剋實而論,八相前五仍屬因位,只因八相都是示現才通入果中。第一相在兜率天,十件事全是說法與示現:為欲界天說厭離、為色界天說禪與如實智、入光明莊嚴三昧放光說法、與十方兜率菩薩互見論法、為來集菩薩隨地說法、以柔軟粗獷二語令魔波旬不得其便、出大音聲集天眾示希有事、不捨本處而遍詣十方佛所受灌頂、興供養具遍法界供佛、出如幻如影法門隨心令喜。澄觀釋此云「下十九門,明果用圓滿行」。排一個誤:兜率天不是休息站。落地:這十件事沒有一件是為自己,成道之前的那一段,已經全在利他。

第三十四門 下生現十事:十道光,十件事

這一門的體例整齊到像儀軌:十事中八事從身上某一處放一道光(第七自寶藏殿、第八自宮殿樓閣放光),光有名字,照到某一類眾生,成就某一件事。足下放安樂莊嚴光照惡趣、眉間白毫放覺悟光照同行菩薩、右掌放清淨境界光遷置辟支佛與諸魔外道、兩膝放清淨莊嚴光遍照諸天宮殿、心藏放無能勝幢光召金剛力士、毛孔放分別眾生光、寶藏殿放善住觀察光照當生王宮、宮殿樓閣放一切宮殿清淨莊嚴光照母腹、兩足下放善住光延諸天壽命、隨好中放眼莊嚴光現一生八相。澄觀於此段分科云「長分為十:初一門住天、次一門示沒、三一門入胎、四一門住胎、五三門初生」——這一門正當「示沒」一節。排一個誤:光不是背景效果,每一道光都有一件明確的工作。落地:第十道光最堪玩味——它讓人同時看見住胎、初生、出家、成道、降魔、轉法輪、入涅槃,一生的次第在一光中並現。

第三十五門 處胎十事:為什麼佛要住胎

這一門是全段少數直接回答『為什麼』的門。第一個理由就很直接:為了成就小心劣解的眾生,不讓他們以為這位菩薩是自然化生、智慧善根不是修來的。所以住胎是一份證明——這條路是走出來的。其餘九件:成熟父母眷屬善根、入胎住胎正念不亂、在胎中常演說法、在胎中集大眾會、示現人間最勝受生、三千世界眾生如明鏡見面像、他方最後生菩薩來會說廣大智慧藏、入離垢藏三昧於胎中現大宮殿、興供養具供養十方佛。澄觀讀到這裡也先把問題問出來:「如有問言:於四生中化生為上,佛為最勝,何故胎生?」排一個誤:胎不是限制。經文說胎中有廣大樓閣、大摩尼寶莊嚴,還有十方菩薩來會。落地:受限的處境不必然縮小所作。

第三十六門 甚微細趣:一切都在胎裡

前一門說胎中能作事,這一門把它推到底:在母胎中示現初發菩提心乃至灌頂地、示現住兜率天、示現初生、童子地、處王宮、出家、苦行成正覺、轉法輪、般涅槃,最後一句是「示現大微細」——一切菩薩行、一切如來自在神力的無量差別門。整整一生的次第,全部在胎中同時現。李通玄正是據此讀八相為「總一時」,他說如來出世始終不離剎那際,處胎、住兜率、初生、出家、成道、轉法輪、入涅槃總在一時。澄觀說「並一相中同時齊現」,法藏說「並在胎內同時齊現」——三家所言同:科判有先後,所現同時。澄觀釋此云「即明住胎十事。初一通現地位,次八明現七相」,又釋門名云「深密難知,故名微細」。排一個誤:不要把它讀成神通展示,經文給的名字是「趣」,是趣入之處。

第三十七門 十種生:出生時的十件事

十種生前九句都是「…生」:遠離愚癡正念正知生、放光明網普照生、住最後有更不受後身生、不生不起生、知三界如幻生、於十方普現身生、證一切智智身生、放佛光普覺眾生身生、入大智觀察三昧身生。第四句最要緊——「不生不起生」。生而不生,這一句把前後八句全部收住。第十句轉為敘事:菩薩生時震動一切佛剎、解脫一切眾生、除滅一切惡道、映蔽一切諸魔、無量菩薩皆來集會。澄觀釋此云「明初生相。今初正辨,即右脇生時」——這一門說的是生時之相。排一個誤:這一門不是描寫誕生的祥瑞,經文結句給了目的——「為調伏眾生故,如是示現」。落地:所有可見的相,都是為看的人設的。

第三十八門 微笑心自誓:笑之前的十個念

這一門很特別,它把一個表情拆成十個念頭。每一念之後都是同一句:「熙怡微笑心自誓。」十念是:世間沒在欲泥而除我一人無能免濟、世間為煩惱所盲而唯我具足智慧、憑此假名身當得如來法身、遍觀梵天乃至大自在天皆自謂有大智力、眾生久種善根今皆退沒、種子雖少獲果甚多、眾生蒙佛所教必得利益、過去同行菩薩染著餘事不得佛法功德、過去同會諸天人至今猶在凡夫地而不疲厭、為一切如來光明所觸倍加欣慰。澄觀替這一門定了時位:「二現微笑,在行七步時故」——笑不在別處,正在七步之時。排一個誤:前二念聽起來像自負,但看第八第九念——同行的人落後了、同會的人還在原處——這笑裡有悲。落地:慈悲若沒有一點欣悅,會撐不住;欣悅若沒有一點悲,會變成傲。

第三十九門 行七步:七步的十層意思

為什麼是七步?經文給了十個理由:現菩薩力、現施七財、滿地神願、現超三界相、現最勝行超過象王牛王師子王行、現金剛地相、現欲與眾生勇猛力、現修行七覺寶、現所得法不由他教、現於世間最勝無比。其中兩個直接扣住「七」——七聖財與七覺支。澄觀釋此云「謂初生在地,十方各行七步,顯自在希奇故」。排一個誤:這一門不是在解釋一個歷史細節。經文的結句仍是「為調伏眾生故,如是示現」——七步是一句給人看的法。落地:這十句裡最能落到自己的是第九句「所得法不由他教」——你所依的那一分見地,是聽來的,還是走出來的。

第四十門 處童子地:為什麼要有童年

十件事中前三件都是世間技藝:文字算計圖書印璽、象馬車乘弧矢劍戟、文筆談論博弈嬉戲。菩薩為什麼要通達這些?經文用的字是「為現通達」——是要顯示他通達,不是他需要學。第四件轉入「遠離身、語、意業諸過失」,第五件是入定住涅槃門周遍十方,往後是威力色相超過諸天、令耽欲樂者歡喜樂法、尊重正法勤供養佛、得佛加被蒙法光明。澄觀釋此云「童子已在王宮,但此門明幼懷德藝,顯是超絕」——童子地與下一門同在王宮,分別在這一門說的是幼年所懷之德藝。排一個誤:世間技藝列在這裡不是點綴,第八句給了用處——「為令耽著欲樂眾生歡喜樂法」。落地:你會的那些世間本事,是障礙,還是接引的入口,取決於用它做什麼。

第四十一門 現處王宮:住在最不像修行的地方

十個理由裡有一句最直白:「順五濁世眾生心故。」還有一句最深:「為現菩薩大威德力能於深宮入三昧故。」王宮是欲樂最盛之處,正因為如此,能在其中入三昧才顯出力量。其餘八句:令宿世同行眾生善根成熟、顯示菩薩善根力、示現菩薩大威德樂具、令宿世同願眾生滿意、令父母親戚眷屬滿願、以妓樂出妙法音供養如來、於宮內住微妙三昧而始從成佛乃至涅槃皆示現、隨順守護諸佛法。澄觀科此二門云「明在家同俗行,並處王宮相」——處童子地與處王宮同是在家同俗之行。排一個誤:處王宮不是妥協的階段。落地:能不能修行,與環境是不是清淨,關係比想像中小;經文的證據是——他在那裡入了三昧。

第四十二門 示現出家:出家的十個理由

上一門住宮,這一門出家,經文自己作了銜接:最後身菩薩這樣示現處王宮以後,然後才出家。十個理由:厭居家、令著家眾生捨離、隨順信樂聖人道、宣揚讚歎出家功德、顯永離二邊見、令眾生離欲樂我樂、先現出三界相、現自在不屬他、顯當得如來十力無畏法、最後菩薩法應爾。第十句最有意思——因為法本來如此。澄觀科此二門云「明捨家期道行。初明出家、後顯修行」——出家與苦行是一組,前明捨、後明修。排一個誤:這十句中沒有一句是『因為在家不能修』。真正的重量在第五句「顯永離二邊見」與第八句「現自在不屬他」。落地:出家與否是一件事,離二邊見與不屬他,是每個人都要做的那件事。

第四十三門 示行苦行:苦行是說給誰看的

苦行的十個理由,沒有一個是『因為苦行有效』。它們是:成就劣解眾生、拔邪見眾生、令不信業報者見業報、隨順雜染世界法應爾、示能忍劬勞勤修道、令眾生樂求法、為著欲樂我樂眾生、顯菩薩起行殊勝乃至最後生猶不捨精進、令眾生樂寂靜法增長善根、待諸天世人諸根成熟。澄觀逐句給了更短的標籤——策懈怠、令知為法忘飢、示著樂非道、始末精勤;末句他說「苦行待機者,顯悲深故」。他還校出一處異文:晉本此處作「欲令未來眾生發精進故」,並說今本精進之言合在前句,缺了一句。排一個誤:苦行在這裡是教學手段,不是道本身。落地:你身上那些苦修的習慣,是為了誰。

第四十四門 詣道場:走向那棵樹

澄觀說詣道場以下五門是「道成證入行」,並替這一門點了三個所以然:顯捨邪趣正、因圓趣果、行行後邊。十件事都發生在「詣道場時」:照耀一切世界、震動一切世界、於一切世界普現其身、覺悟一切菩薩及宿世同行眾生、示現道場一切莊嚴、隨眾生心欲而現身威儀及菩提樹莊嚴、現見十方一切如來、舉足下足常入三昧念念成佛無有超隔、天龍八部諸王各不相知而興種種供養、以無礙智普觀一切如來修菩薩行成正覺。排一個誤:最要看的是第八句——念念成佛,不是走到了才成。落地:路與果不是兩段,走的每一步都在成。

第四十五門 坐道場:坐下之後

澄觀分這一門:初四是嚴處,次三是三業現相,後三成德——「一滿自能證,明智顯惑亡;二受佛所處,將契同法界;三大悲同體,故能遍加。」十件事:種種震動一切世界、平等照耀一切世界、除滅諸惡趣苦、令一切世界金剛所成、普觀一切如來師子之座、心如虛空無所分別、隨其所應現身威儀、隨順安住金剛三昧、受一切如來神力所持清淨妙處、自善根力悉能加被一切眾生。第五句澄觀有一條校語:晉本作「觀一切佛師子之吼」,座與吼一字之異。排一個誤:第六句「心如虛空,無所分別」與前四句的震動照耀不衝突——外相動而心不分別,正是這一門的骨。

第四十六門 坐道場未曾有事:外感的十件奇特

澄觀說這一門是「明外感希奇,大果先兆故」——前四事是外境對他的回應,後六事則是菩薩自己入定、得陀羅尼、興供、住智之所作。十件:十方如來現前舉右手稱讚無上導師、一切如來護念與其威力、宿世同行菩薩來圍繞供養、草木叢林等無情物曲身低影歸向道場、入觀察法界三昧令一切行圓滿、得最上離垢妙光海藏陀羅尼、興上妙供具遍供諸佛、住最勝智了知一切眾生根意、入善覺三昧令身充滿三世虛空、得離垢光明無礙大智令身業普入三世。第一句要留意說者的層次——那句稱讚是普賢轉述十方諸佛之語,不是本會的如來在說話。排一個誤:無情物曲身低影不是神話點綴,它與前面草木同一法界的義理是同一路。

第四十七門 示現降魔:為什麼要「示現」

這一門每一句都用「示現」二字,澄觀特別解釋了為什麼:因為久已降伏了,因為魔王多是大菩薩,因為沒有惡魔能惱佛。他還打了個比方:如同野干,怎麼能在師子面前振威勢。所以降魔是演給人看的。十個理由:濁世眾生樂鬪戰而顯威德、斷諸天世人之疑、教化調伏諸魔軍、令樂軍陣者聚觀而心調伏、顯威力世無能敵、發起眾生勇猛力、哀愍末世眾生、顯乃至道場猶有魔軍此後乃超魔境界、顯煩惱業用羸劣而大慈善根勢強、隨順濁惡世界所行法。排一個誤:第八句最要緊——直到道場都還有魔來,這不是失敗,這是給後人的訊息。落地:修到最後仍有干擾,是常態,不是退步。

第四十八門 成如來力:門檻在這一句

這是全段的轉折點。澄觀在此判:從這一門起才真正是果滿,前面全是因圓。他說這一門「即正覺現前」,並用三道來排前後——前面兩門(未曾有事、降魔)當無間道,這一門當解脫道,更前的兩門(詣道場、坐道場)是方便道。十句他也科了:初一障無不寂、次二因無不圓、次二果無不滿、次三德無不普、後二佛無不同,所以結名如來。經文的結句正好對上:「若諸菩薩具此十力,則名:如來、應、正等覺。」排一個誤:這句「則名」是普賢下的結論,不是如來自稱。落地:因與果之間沒有跳躍,十句每一句都掛著一個「故」字——都是有來由的。

第四十九門 轉大法輪:輪與轉

澄觀先釋名:「流演圓通目之為輪,自我之彼名之為轉。」輪是法的圓通流演,轉是從我到彼。接著他立了一個量:小乘以眼智明覺四行繫於四諦,本經顯無盡十行,應繫十諦而成百行。這是華嚴的算法落在轉法輪上。十事經文用序數列出:四無畏智、四辯隨順音聲、開闡四真諦相、隨順諸佛無礙解脫、令眾生心皆淨信、言說不唐捐能拔苦毒箭、大悲願力所加持、音聲普遍十方、阿僧祇劫說法不斷、隨所說法皆能生起根力覺道禪定解脫三昧。澄觀科為:初二能轉備圓、次二所轉深妙、次二生信拔苦、次二因深量廣、後二時遠益高。排一個誤:這一門的主語已經是如來,但仍是普賢在轉述。

第五十門 種白淨法:為什麼一句都不空過

「種白淨法」四個字要拆。澄觀說白淨法就是所轉之輪的體,而「種」的意思是:佛的無漏清淨法界轉入眾生心中,成為聞熏的種子,所以叫種。他還繫到承衍論典的多聞熏習之義。所以說法之所以無空過,是因為聽進去的那一句在心裡留下了種子。十個緣故:過去願力、大悲所持、不捨眾生、智慧自在隨所樂說、必應其時未曾失、隨其所宜無妄說、知三世智善了知、其身最勝無與等、言辭自在無能測、智慧自在隨所發言悉開悟。澄觀說初一是宿因、餘皆現因,前六德具、後三用勝。排一個誤:無空過不是說聽的人當下就懂,是說種子已下。落地:講的人負責應時應機,發芽的時節不歸講的人管。

第五十一門 示般涅槃:最後一句仍是示現

澄觀釋涅槃門一句話:「應盡還源。」十義他逐句判:初二明生死過患(一無常、二無樂故云非安隱),三明涅槃是樂,四翻色身無常而以法身為常——這一句他有校語,晉本作「令求常住淨法身故」,今本缺一個常字。次三句明生死無我不自在,第八明涅槃是堅即自在我而兼常義,第九翻有為以明淨德,末句「十明法爾」。經文的末句正是:諸佛作佛事已、所願滿已、轉法輪已、應化度者皆化度已、有諸菩薩應受尊號成記別已,法應如是入於不變大般涅槃。排一個誤:整整十義沒有一義說佛真的滅了,全部是「示」。落地:涅槃在這一門裡是一堂課——課的內容是無常,授課的方式是自己示現無常。

承衍

六位之科的來歷——本品說分六段的位名,澄觀明說是古來諸德依別行本《度世經》之文用來科這部經的,他承接而釋。所以「因圓果滿行」是疏家坐標,不是經文自稱。三家對這五十一門的算法也不同:澄觀以門計五十一,法藏以句計五百一十,《演義鈔》另存全品前一百九十六門屬因、或八相為果則果有十九門兩種算法。分界處實為二(末四門·住兜率以下),數法有門句之異,古德各有所據,並錄不判。

因果之界——澄觀判「成如來力」以下四門方明果滿,法藏則以「十種住兜率天」以下為現果圓滿行。兩家的界不在同一處,而是兩種口徑:澄觀剋實而論,末四門方是果;法藏以示現而論,八相整組劃入果——澄觀《演義鈔》自己也並存此二口徑(前一百九十六門屬因、八相為果則十九門)。誌錄不判。

八相之時——三家皆言同時:澄觀說「並一相中同時齊現」,法藏說「並在胎內同時齊現」,李通玄以「總一時」讀之,說如來出世始終不離剎那際,處胎、住兜率、初生、出家、成道、轉法輪、入涅槃總在一時。科判有先後,所現同時;三家並錄。

幾處異文——清淨捨一門,今本文列十一句而晉本併前二為一成十;修行法第二句,晉本作「覺悟諸天」;苦行第九句,晉本作「欲令未來眾生發精進故」,澄觀說今本缺此一句;坐道場第五句,晉本作觀一切佛師子之吼而非師子之座;示般涅槃第四義,晉本作「令求常住淨法身故」,澄觀說今本缺一個常字。以上皆古德已誌之異,錄而不判。

別行本的對位——別行本《度世品經》末番的問目恰為五十一,與本段五十一門一一相對,門序全同而譯語全異:觀察作觀、普觀察作顧視、奮迅作嚬申、慢業作自大、智業作聖業、示般涅槃作取大滅度。這是本段門數與門序最硬的一組外證,也正是古德立六段之科所依的那個本節。

與他品互讀——本段十度之科(三聚戒、三種忍、三緣慈悲喜捨),澄觀屢言已見於十地與十行諸品,本段是既立之科在等覺位上再走一遍,不是新立。果滿四門所說的佛事,與如來出現品所說的性起十義是同一組材料的兩種問法:一問應當怎樣見佛的身,一問成佛道、轉法輪、取滅度是怎麼回事——一問見,一問作。

華嚴宗論對本品的徵引——後世華嚴宗諸論引本品,多是泛引品名而不逐句牒經:或引以證十心無盡之義,或引以證十佛之義,或引以證十世之義。其中十佛之義最近本段的見佛與成如來力兩門,然引處未逐句定位,誌錄。

Where This Stretch Stands

Universal Wisdom Bodhisattva asked two hundred questions in one breath, and Samantabhadra answered them one by one, each answer with ten phrases; Chengguan reckons this as “the two thousand surpassing practices of Samantabhadra.” This is the last of those rounds, the fifty-one gates. The five earlier rounds answered the ten faiths, the ten abodes, the ten practices, the ten dedications, and the ten grounds — but one thing must first be made clear: of these stage-names the scriptural text itself does not produce one single word. It was the ancient worthies of old who, on the basis of the six rounds of question and answer in the separately circulating Dushi jing, set up this outline, and Chengguan carried it on and used it to outline this scripture. Therefore “the practice of the perfected cause and the fulfilled fruit” is not what the scripture calls itself; it is a set of coordinates. In reading, one must be able at any moment to take the coordinates away and see what the scriptural text is saying of itself.

And what is the scriptural text saying of itself? It begins from “there are ten kinds of contemplation” and ends at “manifesting parinirvāṇa.” The earlier part is how a person who cultivates is to look, how to practice, how to keep clear of obstruction; the later part is the eight aspects of accomplishing the Way, together with three affairs of a buddha — turning the wheel of the Dharma, sowing the white and pure dharmas, and entering nirvāṇa. Here Chengguan lays down a decisive judgment: the fifty-one gates do not all of them speak of the fruit; only the four gates from “accomplishing the powers of a Tathāgata” onward truly make clear the fulfilled fruit, and all that precedes is the perfected cause. He knows himself that this judgment collides with the eight aspects — are the eight aspects not the fruit? His explanation is this: the first five of the eight aspects are still in the position of the cause, and it is only because the eight aspects are one whole set of manifestings that they are taken in together into the fruit. This is a layering of “speaking strictly in terms of the fact” over against “speaking in accordance with the marks,” and not a blurring. His Yanyi chao preserves besides a second way of reckoning: of the two hundred gates of the whole chapter the first one hundred and ninety-six belong to the cause; and a third as well: if the eight aspects are taken as the fruit, then the fruit has nineteen gates. Two reckonings of the same stretch of text stand together, and this is precisely the family manner of this chapter, which may be opened out or drawn together.

Gate 1. Contemplation: What Is Looked At, Not How Far One Can See

Ask one question first: when a person who cultivates “looks,” what is it that he looks at? The ten contemplations give a very concrete answer — deeds, destinies, faculties, dharmas, the Buddha-dharma, wisdom, the forbearance of non-arising, the ground of nonretrogression, the ground of consecration, the samādhi of the wisdom of good awakening. Chengguan divides them into three stretches: the first two contemplate what is to be transformed; the next four contemplate the dharmas that transform (he names them: principle, fruit, teaching, and practice); the last three contemplate the positions. There is a misreading to clear away here: looking at deeds and looking at destinies sound like spiritual penetration, but the scriptural text at once takes that apart — under “the contemplation that knows all destinies” what follows is “for the reason that he grasps at no real sentient being.” He can see the turning and flowing, and yet he does not thereby make solid a real person who turns and flows. So too with looking at faculties: “for the reason that he penetrates through to the faculties having of themselves no fixed nature.” These ten contemplations, then, are not an eye chart; they are a training in seeing without making solid. Brought home to oneself: when you judge a person’s faculties, are you looking, or have you already fixed his nature for him? To fix his nature is to “grasp.”

Gate 2. Universal Contemplation: From “Seeing” Turned into “Catching Hold”

The first gate is looking; why must the second gate look again? Chengguan says the first gate is “for the reason that he understands skillful means and penetrates through to what is open and what is blocked,” and the second is “for the reason that his deliberation is thorough and reaches everywhere” — the one is looking accurately, the other is looking completely. And the scriptural text itself gives a harder distinction: in every one of these ten phrases the second half is an action. Seeing one who begs, he satisfies his wish; seeing one who breaks the precepts, he settles him in the pure precepts; seeing one with a harming mind, he settles him in the power of patience. Chengguan points out that the first six phrases are precisely the six perfections used as antidotes to the six meannesses. So “universal contemplation” is not contemplating; it is seeing and at once catching hold. Clear away one misreading: this is not a demand that you be able to solve everything; it is a demand that “contemplating” not stop at contemplating. To see an indolent person and merely to sigh over it is still the affair of the first gate, not of the second.

Gate 3. Rousing Might: Where the Majesty Comes From

Of the ten kinds of rousing might the first five are all fierce beasts — the bull-king, the elephant-king, the nāga-king, the garuḍa-king, and the lion-king; from the sixth on it turns to bravery and strength, great wisdom, the dhāraṇī, and eloquence, and the last is the rousing might of a Tathāgata. Why first lodge the sense in a simile and then take it in terms of dharma? Chengguan’s explanation is very spare: rousing might is “the real virtue filling within and the majestic virtue brimming over without,” like the lion-king — majesty is not something put on for show; it is what brims over of itself when the inside is full. Fazang says almost the same thing, and also uses “filling within” and “brimming over without.” The misreading most to be guarded against here is taking rousing might for a commanding air or for the power to sway others. The scriptural text gives its own line of defense: the rousing might of the elephant-king is “the nature of his mind is well tamed and gentle,” not fierce might; the rousing might of the nāga-king comes to rest on raining down the sweet-dew rain. Brought home to oneself: to speak the Dharma and move one’s hearers may be eloquence, and need not be rousing might; the test of rousing might lies in those two words “filling within” — the very sentence you spoke, can you yourself stand and abide in it?

Gate 4. The Lion’s Roar: Nine Phrases of Vow and One Phrase of Making Good

What is a lion’s roar? Chengguan says: “Since he is brave and strong and without fear, he is therefore able to proclaim with decision.” Rousing might is the majesty; the lion’s roar is speaking it out. Of the ten phrases the first nine are all “I shall” — I shall accomplish perfect awakening, I shall cause sentient beings to be crossed over, I shall cause the three jewels not to be cut off. The tenth phrase suddenly is no longer a vow but turns into a piece of narrative: the bodhisattva of the final body shakes the buddha-lands, the gods come and entreat him, he contemplates the world with one phrase, “among all sentient beings there is none that is my equal,” and then is born in the royal palace, walks seven steps, and proclaims, “in the world I am the most excellent and the first.” The name the scriptural text gives this phrase is “the great lion’s roar of doing as one has said.” The nine phrases are the saying; the tenth phrase is the doing. A misreading must be cleared away here: that phrase “the most excellent and the first” is not boasting, for the scriptural text at once completes it in the second half — “I shall forever exhaust the far bound of birth-and-death.” The most excellent is said with regard to that one thing. Where it comes to ground: vowing is easy, and what lies between vow and practice is just this tenth phrase.

Gate 5. Pure Giving: Why All Ten Givings Are Called “Pure”

Why is every one of the perfections crowned with a “pure”? Chengguan answers straight out: “for the reason that they leave the meanness and obstruction behind, and are not like the giving and the precepts and the rest of the world.” Pure is not a describing word; it is a distinguishing word — it distinguishes away the giving of the world. And what are the meannesses? Look at the reason-phrases the scriptural text itself gives and you will know: even-minded giving is “he does not pick and choose among sentient beings,” giving that does not abide is “he seeks no reward,” giving that opens and lets go is “his mind is not fond and attached.” The purity of every phrase comes to rest upon one concrete not. The last phrase, the purity of the three spheres, is the deepest: the giver, the receiver, and the thing given, all three sides like empty space. There is a common misunderstanding here — the purity of the three spheres sounds as though one had to cultivate until one ‘cannot feel oneself giving.’ It is not a matter of feeling but a matter of contemplating; the words the scriptural text uses are “rightly and mindfully contemplates.” Where it comes to ground: that sentence in your heart after the giving is done, ‘he ought to remember it,’ is the fifth phrase, “he seeks no reward,” not yet standing firm.

Gate 6. Pure Precepts: The Ten Faces of the Precepts

Can the ten precepts be remembered simply as ‘do not do bad things’? They cannot. Chengguan cuts them by the threefold collection of precepts: the first three phrases are restraint, the seventh and the tenth are gathering sentient beings, and the rest are gathering the good. The most thought-provoking thing in the scriptural text is the seventh phrase, “the pure precept of guarding it in secret,” whose reason is “for the reason that he means skillfully to pull out and rescue sentient beings who break the precepts” — for the sake of saving one who breaks the precepts, his own keeping of the precepts must be secret and not paraded. This one phrase pushes the precepts from guarding oneself out to guarding others. Then look at the last two phrases: “the pure precept of leaving far behind all views that things exist, for the reason that toward the precepts themselves too he has no attachment” — even the attachment to the precepts must be left behind. Clear away one misreading: this does not say that the precepts may be loosened, for the sixth phrase has only just said “toward even the most subtle offense he gives rise to great dread.” Dreading even the subtlest offense, and at the same time not being attached to the precepts — the two phrases are one and the same person. Where it comes to ground: to keep the precepts and grow a sense of superiority is the ninth phrase not yet done.

Gate 7. Pure Patience: Patience Is Not Holding Down

Of the ten patiences the first three are being reviled, being struck, and giving rise to no anger and harm, which Chengguan judges to be the patience that endures the harm of enemies — bearing the vexing harm of others’ deeds of body, speech, and mind. But as the ten phrases run on, the nature of the patience changes: the sixth is “leaving far behind the conceit of self” and “he does not look down on those who have not yet learned”; the seventh is “not being angry though maimed and reviled” and “he contemplates all this as an illusion”; and the last phrase comes to rest directly upon “fully knows that all dharmas are without arising.” These ten phrases, then, are one single line: from being able to bear it, to being able to see through it, to there being fundamentally nothing to bear. The misreading to be cleared away is reading patience as repression. The scriptural text guards against this quite plainly — the reason given for the third phrase is “for the reason that his mind is unmoved,” not ‘for the reason that his mind forcibly bears it.’ Where it comes to ground: if you are very tired after being patient, you are for the most part still at the first phrase; tiredness is the price of holding down, and that “as an illusion” of the seventh phrase takes no strength at all.

Gate 8. Pure Vigor: Vigor Is Not the Same as Being Busy

How are the ten vigors divided? Chengguan says the second phrase and the tenth are benefiting sentient beings, the fifth is donning armor, and the rest are gathering the good. The frame the scriptural text itself gives is clearer still: the first three are the vigor of the three kinds of deed, of body, of speech, and of mind; the fourth and the fifth are the vigor of the ground of the mind (the upright mind and the ascendant mind); and from the sixth on it turns to antidote and completion. The thing most to be noticed is the ninth phrase, “the pure vigor of no coming and no going” — vigor at the last is “fully knowing that mark is non-mark, with nothing grasped at.” Clear away one misreading here: vigor is not filling up the calendar. The test the sixth phrase gives is “never stopping midway” — it is not being broken off, not never resting. Where it comes to ground: ask yourself of yesterday’s exertion, was it taking in (the sixth phrase), or was it only moving about.

Gate 9. Pure Meditation: The Precondition of Concentration Is Your Life

What the ten meditations speak of at the outset is not the posture of sitting but leaving home, a good friend, dwelling in an araṇya, leaving the clamor — Chengguan judges the first five to be skillful means. Only at the sixth phrase, “the mind and wisdom are at rest and extinguished,” is it concentration itself; the seventh and the eighth turn out into wisdom and the cutting off of confusion; the ninth and the tenth are the penetrations and clarities, and play. Why must concentration be spoken of beginning from these outward conditions? Because concentration is not an isolated affair: surroundings, companions, and the shape of one’s life are all its front portion. The eighth phrase in particular is to be looked at: “the pure meditation of leaving behind the relishing of its taste, for the reason that he does not forsake the realm of desire” — not being greedy for the taste of concentration, and therefore in no hurry to cast away the realm of desire. Clear away one misreading: to be absorbed in the taste of meditative concentration will be listed in gate 23 of this stretch as “the māra of samādhi,” from which one may see that greed for concentration is plainly guarded against. Where it comes to ground: the ten hours outside of sitting decide the quality of that one hour.

Gate 10. Pure Wisdom: Wisdom in Three Stretches

The ten wisdoms Chengguan divides most tidily: the first three understand dharmas and belong to the wisdom of applied practice; the next four gather beings and belong to the subsequently attained wisdom; the last three realize the principle and belong to the wisdom of the essential substance. The sequence of the scriptural text answers to it exactly — first knowing causes, knowing conditions, knowing neither cutting off nor permanence, which is understanding; then contemplating the movements of the minds of sentient beings, vast eloquence, what the māras and outsiders cannot know, which is use; and last seeing the dharma-body, seeing the original nature to be pure, the adamantine wisdom of a single thought-moment’s conjunction, which is realizing. The misreading to be cleared away here is taking wisdom for cleverness. The reason given for the fifth phrase is “he fully knows them to be like an illusion,” and the reason given for the ninth is “it makes people obtain all the most excellent wisdom” — the direction of wisdom is from first to last outward and toward people, not toward proving oneself. Where it comes to ground: to have read a stretch of Dharma through and be in a hurry to tell it to someone is the road of the subsequently attained wisdom; to have read it through and first turn it upon oneself once is to have some share in the wisdom of the essential substance.

Gate 11. Pure Loving-Kindness: The Three Layers of Loving-Kindness

The four measureless minds begin here. Chengguan says that the six perfections for the most part make clear benefiting oneself while the four evennesses are for the most part taken in terms of benefiting others, and he cuts these four gates with the three grounds. Of the ten phrases of loving-kindness he judges the first eight to have sentient beings as their ground, while the ninth and the tenth show their sense in the marks of the text themselves — “the pure loving-kindness that has dharmas as its ground, for the reason that he realizes the real dharma of suchness,” “the pure loving-kindness that has no ground, for the reason that he enters into the nature of a bodhisattva’s leaving arising behind.” What are the three grounds? Loving-kindness set going with sentient beings as its ground, loving-kindness set going with dharmas as its ground, and loving-kindness set going with no ground at all. The first is the most intimate, the last the most thoroughgoing. Clear away one misreading here: groundless loving-kindness is not coldness. The eighth phrase of the scriptural text has only just said, “the pure loving-kindness that fills empty space, for the reason that in rescuing and guarding sentient beings there is no place he does not reach,” and only then does the tenth phrase turn into the groundless — it is emptied after being filled, not left uncared for because emptied. Where it comes to ground: if loving-kindness will not arise toward some particular person, one must for the most part go back to the first phrase, “an even mind” — first look and see whether you have been picking and choosing.

Gate 12. Pure Compassion: The Two Knots Where Compassion Is Tied

Of the ten compassions Chengguan judges the first seven to have sentient beings as their ground, the eighth to have dharmas as its ground, and the last two to be groundless, and for those last two phrases he points out the reason why: the ninth is “he is grieved that what is true in them is hidden, and therefore reveals it,” and the tenth is “he thinks of their not knowing, and therefore makes them awaken.” Look at the scriptural text, and these two phrases are indeed written differently from the first eight — the first eight are all short phrases, while each of these two is a complete stretch of contemplation: knowing that all dharmas are in their original nature pure and that beings suffer only because of the adventitious, and therefore giving rise to compassion, named “the original nature is pure”; knowing that all dharmas are like the track of a bird in the sky and that sentient beings are veiled by the film of delusion and cannot see it, and therefore giving rise to compassion, named “the wisdom of what is real.” Compassion at this point is no longer the not bearing to see people suffer; it is not bearing to see people who are fundamentally without trouble take themselves to be in trouble. Clear away one misreading: the second phrase, “he undergoes suffering in place of all sentient beings and does not take it for toil,” does not say that one can really undergo it in their place; the reason-phrase given is “does not take it for toil,” and what is spoken of is the measure of the mind. Where it comes to ground: if your pity for a person carries a looking down from above, it has not yet reached the sixth phrase, “not attached to his own joy.”

Gate 13. Pure Joy: Where Joy Comes From

Joy is the gate among the ten most easily misread, because it looks like an emotion. Chengguan judges the first four to have sentient beings as their ground, the next three to have dharmas as their ground, and the last three to be groundless. Look at the scriptural text, and the first phrase at once settles the source of joy — “the pure joy of giving rise to the aspiration for awakening”; the first origin of joy is that one has oneself given rise to the mind. And onward: joy at giving away all that one has, joy at not disdaining sentient beings who break the precepts, joy at being able to bear with sentient beings who do evil, joy at giving away the body in seeking the Dharma without regret. The joy of every phrase hangs upon a deed that is not easy. Clear away one misreading: joy is not the product of favorable circumstances. The fourth phrase plainly says “being able to bear with sentient beings who do evil,” and that is adverse circumstance. Where it comes to ground: examine your last real gladness — was it because you got something, or because you gave something out, bore something down, gave rise to the mind?

Gate 14. Pure Equanimity: Two Kinds of Waiting

This gate has a peculiarity in the text, which Chengguan has already marked: the heading says ten kinds, but within the text eleven phrases are listed in fact, and it is the Jin recension, which draws the first two together into one, that makes ten. Such opening out and drawing together the ancient worthies long ago recorded, and it need not be taken for an error. In content, the deepest are the ninth and the tenth phrases — some sentient beings’ faculties are ripe and yet they still cannot know the highest dharma: wait; some sentient beings the bodhisattva has already taught in former ages and who can be tamed only at the ground of buddhahood: also wait. And then the eleventh phrase gathers it all up: toward these two kinds of persons, “without high and without low, without taking up and without setting down.” The utmost of equanimity is not giving up; it is being able to wait. Clear away one misreading: equanimity is not not caring. The fourth phrase has already said, “waiting for the time to teach and cross over those sentient beings who are fit vessels for the Dharma, and not giving rise to disdain toward those who are not fit for it either” — not teaching and crossing over, but not giving rise to disdain. Where it comes to ground: toward a person who cannot be urged, is your mind waiting, or has it already been cut off?

Gate 15. Meaning: The Meaning That Is Conveyed

From this gate on it turns into skillful means and cultivation; Chengguan judges the first five gates to make clear the practice of one’s own portion and the last three the practice of advancing beyond. Meaning and dharma are a pair; how are they divided? Chengguan says: “If one takes what conveys as dharma, then one takes what is conveyed as meaning.” But he says at once that in this stretch he does not take what conveys as dharma. The first phrase of the ten meanings shows the most care — the meaning of much hearing, whose reason is “for the reason that it lies in cultivating firmly,” and Chengguan points out: “the first takes cultivation as the meaning of much hearing, the intent lying in cultivating and not in hearing.” The meaning of much hearing turns out to be cultivation, not hearing. Clear away one misreading: this is not to belittle hearing. The second phrase, “the meaning of dharma, for the reason that it lies in deliberating and choosing skillfully,” is still within the range of deliberating and choosing. It says that the meaning of this matter of much hearing comes to rest upon cultivating, not upon the amount of hearing. Where it comes to ground: how much Dharma did you read this year — put the question another way: what did you change because you read it?

Gate 16. Dharma: The Dharma That Is Able to Hold

What is dharma? Chengguan gives two senses: “first, it holds its own nature; second, it is the rule by which understanding is produced in beings” — the one is that it can stand up of itself, the other is that it can let people produce understanding by relying upon it. And he matches them phrase by phrase: of this stretch, the first seven phrases run through both senses, the eighth and the ninth are only the holding of its own nature, and the last is only the rule that produces understanding. The last phrase is the weight of the whole gate — “forsaking all upadhi-nirvāṇa.” Upadhi Chengguan explains as “having suffering,” and takes it to be the nirvāṇa of the two vehicles; and he cites the Foxing lun to say that in the nirvāṇa without remainder of the two vehicles there are yet three kinds of remainder, and that therefore it is not truly without remainder. So this phrase would have a person forsake that seemingly ultimate resting place, and the reason-phrase is given in a wholly positive way: “it is able to set going all the practices of a bodhisattva, and to cultivate them without cease.” Clear away one misreading: this is not to belittle the two vehicles; it is to say that that is not the end of the road. Where it comes to ground: any feeling of ‘at last I am secure’ that arises in cultivation is worth shining this one phrase upon.

Gate 17. The Equipment of Merit That Aids the Path: Merit Is a Tool

What is equipment that aids the path? Chengguan says it plainly: “merit and wisdom are the path itself; the conditions that complete merit and wisdom are named equipment that aids the path.” Those conditions that bring merit and wisdom to completion are what is called equipment that aids the path. Of the ten phrases the ones most worth stopping at are the first and the tenth. The first: urging sentient beings to give rise to the aspiration for awakening is an equipment of merit that aids the path, the reason being “thereby the lineage of the three jewels is not cut off” — so it turns out that urging a person to give rise to the mind is itself the greatest merit. The tenth phrase is a whole stretch: roots of good amassed through asaṃkhyeya kalpas, the realization of awakening already as though in the palm of the hand, and yet all of it given away to sentient beings, with no sorrow and distress in the mind and no regret. Clear away one misreading: this does not say that merit can be transferred to somebody; the scriptural text comes to rest upon “that mind being vast and the same as the realm of empty space,” and what is meant is the measure of the mind. Where it comes to ground: if the good things you have done are still entered under your own name, the tenth phrase has not yet begun.

Gate 18. The Equipment of Wisdom That Aids the Path: A Ladder of Ten Rungs

This is one of the longer gates in the whole stretch, and each of the ten phrases is a whole paragraph. Chengguan names the first three for us: “first, drawing near to good conditions without; second, taming the vessel of the Dharma within; third, settling the place of mindfulness and wisdom.” One can see that these ten phrases are a ladder running from without inward: drawing near to good friends, doing away with arrogance, mindfulness and wisdom not scattered, delighting in the Dharma and its meaning, the six perfections and the four dwellings of Brahmā, ever delighting in coming forth and departing, contemplating the five aggregates as illusion, hearing of the two selflessnesses and deeply believing, calming and contemplating carried on together, and seeing dependent origination and thereby the fivefold purity. The string of similes in the seventh phrase is the most famous — like an illusion, like a heat-haze, like the moon in water, like a dream, like a shadow, like an echo, like an image, like a painting in the sky, like a whirling wheel of fire, like the colors of a rainbow, like the light of the sun and the moon. When Chengguan explains “the elements are like venomous snakes” he cites the old saying that takes the four great elements for venomous snakes, and explaining “the sense-fields are like an empty village” he says it is “for the reason that there is no person within.” Clear away one misreading: this string is not literary ornament, for the seventh phrase gives its own conclusion, “he knows that all dharmas are without arising and without ceasing.” Where it comes to ground: these ten phrases can serve as a self-examination in sequence, asking of each in turn, ‘which phrase am I at?’

The third phrase has one more cluster of terms, compressed, that is worth unfolding on its own. After the scriptural text says “mindfulness and wisdom following upon awareness, never yet scattered; with shame and with a pliant gentleness, the mind at rest and unmoving,” it stacks three “evers”: “ever calling to mind the six recollections, ever practicing the six reverences, ever following along and dwelling in the six dharmas of firmness.” Chengguan names a function for each of the three: “the six recollections are for upholding oneself; the six harmonies are the dharma of the community” — the six reverences being the six harmonies, the way of dwelling together among many. As for the six firmnesses, he says they are “the six firmnesses that follow upon the stages,” and cites the first fascicle of the Original Acts as matching them to the three worthies, the ten sages, and the two awakenings of equal and marvelous, making six, namely “firmness in faith, firmness in the Dharma, firmness in cultivation, firmness in virtue, firmness in the nape, firmness in awakening”; he adds that these six are also named the six forbearances, the six wisdoms, the six contemplations, and the six natures, and closes, “for the reason that there is no buddha at all who does not enter by these.” For the two sets, the six recollections and the six reverences, Chengguan notes “both are seen in the text above,” pointing back to what was explained earlier: the six recollections are recollection of the Buddha, of the Dharma, of the Saṃgha, of the precepts, of giving, and of the devas — under the seven recollections of an earlier gate the Shu says “adding recollection of sentient beings, for the sake of great compassion,” from which one knows that the six with recollection of beings added make the seven; the six reverences are the six harmonies, which the Shu explains as “harmony of body in dwelling together, harmony of speech in not quarrelling, harmony of mind in not going against, harmony of view in the same understanding, harmony of precepts in the same observance, harmony of gains in equal sharing,” the three deeds together with precepts, views, and gains all in harmony. What matters is why the three “evers” are stacked together: the six recollections are holding oneself up oneself; the six reverences are not grating against others amid the many; the six firmnesses are walking the whole way up without turning back — inward, toward others, and forward. Take away any one and the other two will not hold for long. Clear away one misreading: the six firmnesses are not six kinds of hardness of temper; what Chengguan matches them to is the stages, and firmness is ‘standing steady in that place.’ Where it comes to ground: this one phrase can be asked three times a day — has the thought today a place to rest, has there been contention with anyone, and has the road walked been walked backward.

Gate 19. Clarity and Footing: Wisdom Complete, and Still Advancing

What is clarity and footing? Chengguan takes the two words apart. Clarity is “the darkness of confusion has perished and the understanding of wisdom has appeared”; footing has two senses, “first, for the reason that wisdom is full and complete; second, for the reason that there is advancing,” and he says that this is the sense of “complete in clarity and conduct” among the ten titles: on the side of the fruit it is called fullness and completeness, and on the side of the cause it is called feet. So clarity and footing is at once fullness and still walking. Of the ten phrases the first seven are taken in terms of practice and the last three raise separately the three clarities — the divine eye, former abodes, and the exhaustion of the contaminants. Clear away one misreading: the three clarities are listed here not to make people seek spiritual penetrations. Look at the reason-phrases: the wisdom of the divine eye is “universally contemplating,” the recollection of former abodes is “the purity of knowing the earlier bound,” and the penetration of the exhaustion of the contaminants is “cutting off the contaminants of sentient beings” — all three are turned toward sentient beings. Where it comes to ground: with any ability whatever, the way to test it is to ask in which direction it is used.

Gate 20. Seeking the Dharma: Ten Kinds of Mind, and One Boundary Line

How is the Dharma to be sought? Every one of the ten phrases is a matched pair: seeking the Dharma with an upright mind is matched with “there is no flattery and deceiving”; seeking the Dharma with vigor is matched with “he leaves indolence and arrogance far behind”; seeking the Dharma with a single direction is matched with “he does not begrudge body and life.” Chengguan gives each phrase an extremely spare label — the mind at the beginning is only upright; in the middle and after there is no indolence; within, he pays no regard to the body; without, he forgets fame and gain; the two benefits are both fulfilled; he gets the intent and forgets the words; he does not seek the fruit close at hand; the cause requites what he has done; he universally resolves doubts; he fulfills the Buddha-vehicle alone. And then he lays down a judgment: “Apart from these ten kinds of seeking, all seeking is wrong seeking.” This sentence carries much weight. Clear away one misreading: wrong seeking does not mean seeking a wrong dharma; it means seeking the true Dharma from a motive other than these ten. The boundary given by the sixth phrase is the finest of all — “seeking the Dharma so as to enter wisdom, for the reason that he takes no delight in the letter.” Where it comes to ground: ask yourself, at the very moment of seeking the Dharma, whether there is not in your mind a calculation that ‘this will come in useful later on.’

Gate 21. Dharmas Clearly Understood: The Particular Stretch Belonging to Each of Ten Classes of Persons

This gate suddenly ranges in order the ordinary person, the one who practices in accordance with faith, the one who practices in accordance with the Dharma, the eighth person, the four fruits, the pratyekabuddha, and the bodhisattva — ten classes of persons. Chengguan says that this is “generally, with the surpassing wisdom of Samantabhadra, fully knowing the differences of the ordinary and the noble in the three vehicles.” He also glosses a difficult term for us: the eighth person is “the one directed toward the first fruit,” and he cites the commentary on the Jushe to say that among the eight forbearances it is counted from the last as the eighth. Where does the intent of this gate lie? It lies in a bodhisattva’s being able to recognize how far each class of person now clearly understands. Clear away one misreading: this is not a matching of oneself against the positions. What the scriptural text lists is ‘the dharma they clearly understand,’ which is what is to be known for transforming others, not a ladder of one’s own realization. Where it comes to ground: before talking of the Dharma with someone, first judge which phrase he stands upon — speaking too early is useless, and speaking too late is useless as well.

Gate 22. Dharmas of Cultivation: Turning What Was Understood Before into a Daily Task

The gate before was clear understanding; this gate is cultivation. Chengguan puts it very directly: “the third, the dharmas of cultivation, are so called for the reason that only by cultivating as it was spoken does one obtain the Buddha-dharma.” All ten phrases can be carried out: reverencing good friends, being ever awakened by the gods, ever harboring a sense of shame and blame in the presence of the buddhas, pitying sentient beings and not forsaking birth-and-death, surely carrying through whatever he does with a mind that does not shift. On the second phrase Chengguan also makes a correction in the reading — “as for ‘ever by the gods,’ the word wei takes the falling tone,” that is, for the sake of the gods one awakens them — the bodhisattva awakens the gods and does not let them cling to pleasure (so Fazang); and he cites the Jin recension, which reads “awakening the gods,” as his witness. The base text’s wording is “ever awakened by the gods,” and the Vernacular renders that wording as it stands; Chengguan’s reading is recorded here. Clear away one misreading: the fifth phrase, “surely carrying through whatever he does with a mind that does not change and shift,” is not stubbornness; the phrases before and after it speak of pitying sentient beings and of following and learning from the assemblies of bodhisattvas, so it is an unshiftingness within relationships. Where it comes to ground: these ten phrases are the most like a daily task, and one may really check them off one by one over a week.

Gate 23. Māra: Māra Lies in the Grasping, Not in the Thing

This gate is the most easily read astray. Among the ten māras are the māra of the roots of good, the māra of samādhi, the māra of the good friend, and the māra of the wisdom of the dharma of awakening — how can roots of good be a māra? Chengguan’s handling of this is the sharpest passage in the whole stretch. He first sets himself a question: as for the māra of the aggregates, the body is the vessel of the Way and its substance is the same as a buddha’s; how then is it a māra? The answer: “the name māra of the aggregates comes solely from grasping and attachment, and the nine below follow the same example.” The name māra does not fall upon that thing; it falls upon the grasping. He pushes it a step further: “Thus one knows that when the mind discriminates, the ten thousand dharmas are all māra; how should it be only these ten?” And he says besides that the four māras are made clear in terms of substance while the ten māras are for the most part taken in terms of grasping and attachment, which is why the numbers differ. And he lays down a turning word: all is buddha, so where is the sense in forsaking the realm of māra to seek the realm of buddha? Clear away one misreading: this does not say that roots of good and samādhi need not be cultivated, for the reason of every phrase of the scriptural text points at grasping and attachment — the māra of the roots of good is “toward the roots of good he grasps constantly,” the māra of samādhi is “he long relishes its taste.” Where it comes to ground: examine that one fruit of cultivation you prize most — are you using it, or guarding it?

Gate 24. Deeds of Māra: Ten Things That Will Spoil a Good Deed

Māra is the substance; the deeds of māra are the affairs. Chengguan says: “To do these ten things is in every case able to corrupt the good and also to draw the heavenly māra, and therefore they are its deeds.” All ten phrases are utterly concrete: cultivating roots of good while having forgotten and lost the mind of awakening; giving with an evil mind; keeping the precepts with an angry mind; being stingy toward the profound Dharma; not speaking for one who is fit to be taught; forcing oneself to speak for one who is no vessel because one has received offerings; slandering the true Dharma; studying the disputations of the world and covering over the profound Dharma; drawing near only to those already liberated. The first phrase is the general illness — the good work is still being done, and the resolve has dropped away. Having read this gate through it is best to stop a moment, and Chengguan himself stopped too, writing one sentence: “Yet looking at this text, it is hard to escape the deeds of māra; may those who come after examine this and look into themselves.” Clear away one misreading: this is not to make people afraid; it is to make them check. Where it comes to ground: take these ten phrases as an annual examination, and for the most part every one of them will be touched a little — only what is touched can be mended.

Gate 25. Forsaking the Deeds of Māra: Matched One by One Against Them

This gate stands directly against the one before. Chengguan says, “treating and mending against the obstruction, and therefore it says forsaking,” and points out: “Yet these ten phrases are matched directly against those before, only in brief and out of order.” He also marks the correspondences one by one — the first reverses the fifth, the second the second, the third the seventh, the fourth the first, the fifth the fourth, the sixth the eighth, the seventh the third, the eighth the ninth, the ninth the tenth, and the tenth the sixth. Why not in order? He gives two reasons: one is to show that any single good whatever reverses all ten of those before, and the other is that several goods may together reverse one fault, so as to keep people from making a fixed rule of it. Clear away one misreading: do not read it as a mechanical formula of ten against ten. Where it comes to ground: if one really means to use it, take the fourth phrase, “never having forgotten and lost the mind of all-knowing wisdom” — for the first phrase of the gate before is the general illness, and this phrase is the general medicine.

Gate 26. Seeing the Buddha: Ten Buddhas, Ten Seeings

The obstruction gone, the fruit appears. Chengguan judges these two gates to be “for the reason that the obstruction is gone, the fruit appears and practice is complete.” The form of this gate is very peculiar: all ten phrases run ‘such-and-such a buddha, such-and-such a seeing’ — the buddha of accomplishing perfect awakening, seen with non-attachment; the buddha of the vow, seen with bringing forth; the buddha of the recompense of deeds, seen with deep faith; the buddha who abides and sustains, seen with following along; the buddha of nirvāṇa, seen with entering deeply; the buddha of the Dharma realm, seen with reaching everywhere; the buddha of the mind, seen with abiding securely; the buddha of samādhi, seen with the measureless and the unsupported; the buddha of the original nature, seen with clear understanding; the buddha who accords with what is delighted in, seen with universally receiving. There are ten kinds of buddha and ten kinds of seeing as well, and they are matched one with one — but the manner of the matching must be seen clearly. Chengguan gives a warning of his own: “yet the seeing set forth here is in every case a seeing that answers to that buddha.” The names of the seeings are set up as answering to the buddha seen; they do not say that the bodhisattva has cultivated such a mode of seeing for himself. He takes the first phrase as his proof: “as when it says non-attachment, this belongs of itself to the perfect awakening, and does not mean that the bodhisattva is unattached toward him. If the bodhisattva were unattached here, how should he be attached in the nine below?” Non-attachment is the perfectly awakened buddha’s own non-attachment; were it read as the bodhisattva’s being unattached to the buddha, the nine phrases below would have to say that the bodhisattva is attached to those nine buddhas. The buddha of the vow is spoken of with a seeing of bringing forth for the reason that “riding upon this vow he can bring forth every virtue”; the buddha of the recompense of deeds is spoken of with a seeing of deep faith for the reason that “the recompense is the deed of the body adorned with the marks and signs” and that “deep faith stands foremost” — the names all come from the virtues of that buddha. The Yanyi chao blocks one further rescue: someone might say, half on the side of what sees (as with non-attachment) and half on the side of what is seen (as with bringing forth) — would that not also go through? Chengguan blocks it: one may not take half from what sees and half from what is seen, because it would lead people into confusion, leave no way to take the sense, and throw the ten senses of seeing into disorder — all ten phrases are named uniformly from the buddha that is seen.

Gate 27. The Deeds of a Buddha: The Ten Things a Buddha Is Doing

After seeing the buddha comes speaking of the deeds of a buddha. The ten phrases begin from the most ordinary — opening up and guiding at the right time, causing him to see it within a dream, expounding a scripture not yet heard, speaking the dharma of coming forth and departing for one bound by remorse — all the way to the last phrase, which is a whole stretch: the first pair, fathoming that from the first all is at rest and yet diligently cultivating, together with ten of “though … yet,” makes eleven pairs in all — though he knows that from the first all is at rest and extinguished, yet he diligently cultivates merit and wisdom; though he knows there is no making, yet he does not forsake the own-mark; though he has left greedy desire behind, yet he ever gazes upon the buddha’s body; though he knows the lands to be like empty space, yet he ever delights to adorn them; though he contemplates that there is no person and no self, yet he teaches and transforms without wearying; though he has already accomplished the wisdom of all-knowing wisdom, yet he cultivates without rest; though he manifests entering nirvāṇa, yet he takes on birth in every place. The scriptural text gives this phrase its own name: “a dharma in which the provisional and the real are carried on together.” Chengguan glosses this, saying, “there are ten kinds of deed of a buddha, that is, the completion of practice. The gate before saw the substance of a buddha; now the cause of a buddha is set forth. Moreover practice accords with the practice of a buddha, and therefore it is named the deeds of a buddha” — the gate before speaks of the substance of a buddha, this gate speaks of the cause of a buddha, and the reason it is named the deeds of a buddha is that the practice accords with the practice of a buddha. Clear away one misreading: these ten turns are not a rhetoric of contradiction; the first half of each is the real and the second half the provisional, and only when both stand at once is it called carrying on both. Where it comes to ground: every time in cultivation that one feels ‘since it is from the first thus, why still do anything,’ that is to have thrown away the provisional half.

The remaining four pairs each have their provisional and their real as well. The first is “though he knows that entering into the Dharma is not by another’s awakening him, yet by manifold skillful means he seeks the wisdom of all.” Not by another’s awakening: the Dharma is not had from another’s hand; and yet the latter half is precisely to seek the wisdom of all by manifold means. The two look to be at odds — if it is not had from another, why still seek everywhere? Chengguan judges the eleven phrases of this stretch thus: “the first one is with respect to suffering; the next one with respect to arising; the next eight with respect to the path; the last one with respect to cessation,” and this phrase falls among those with respect to the path — that it is not by another’s awakening speaks of the substance awakened to, which borrows nothing from without; that he seeks the wisdom of all speaks of the path by which one awakens, which does not come of itself while one sits. The second is “though from the first he is unmoving in the Dharma realm, yet by the wisdom-power of spiritual penetration he manifests the many transformations,” which Fazang, citing the text, marks as “fifth, under ‘the penetrations,’ possessing the fruit without forsaking the cause”: the unmoving is the substance on the side of the fruit, the transformations are the practice within the cause, and to have realized the substance is not to have laid down the practice. The third is “though he knows that the dharmas cannot be spoken, yet he turns the pure wheel of the Dharma and makes the minds of the many glad” — knowing it cannot be spoken is the very condition of being able to speak; only speaking without grasping at the words is a wheel that is “pure,” and the landing place is making the minds of the many glad, not speaking much. The fourth is “though he can display the spiritual power of the buddhas, yet he does not weary of and forsake the body of a bodhisattva,” which Fazang marks as “sixth, under ‘displays,’ showing the complete without forsaking the partial”: what is displayed is the power of completeness; what is not forsaken is that station still within the cause. This phrase and the last one — “seventh, under ‘manifests the great,’ manifesting what is at rest without obstruction to birth” — make a pair: the one not forsaking the bodhisattva’s body, the other entering nirvāṇa and yet taking on birth in every place. Clear away one misreading: these four are not four exceptions. The substance Chengguan assigns to the whole stretch is that “the first one sets forth in sum the four truths of non-action,” and all eleven stand upon the frame of the four truths; these simply fall upon the truth of the path. Where it comes to ground: each of the four puts a question — in seeking the Dharma, am I waiting for it to come of itself; having realized a portion, do I stop; in speaking the Dharma, is it for speaking it beautifully; and having gained a little power, am I unwilling to go on being a learner.

Gate 28. Deeds of Conceit: The Ten Faces of Conceit

Conceit is not one kind of emotion; it is ten kinds of behavior. The scriptural text lists them without the least mercy: not being reverent toward teachers, the assembly of monks, and father and mother; giving rise to haughtiness toward a master of the Dharma who has obtained the Dharma; being unwilling to praise a wondrous dharma one has heard; being fond of giving rise to the conceit of excess; being fond of giving rise to the conceit beyond excess; disliking the Dharma along with the person one dislikes; seeking a high seat for oneself and being unwilling to serve; knitting the brows at one who has virtue and spying out his faults; being unwilling to ask questions of one who is wise; being covered over by a conceited mind so that the good that is new does not arise and the good that is old is extinguished. The sixth phrase is the one most worth stopping at — knowing full well that “this is Dharma, is Vinaya, is what is real, is what the Buddha spoke,” and yet, because one dislikes that person, slandering the Dharma along with him. Chengguan, outlining where this gate belongs, says, “it makes clear the practice of leaving obstruction behind and of being sustained. Within it, two: the first two gates within it are the practice of leaving obstruction behind,” and he also points out that the common mark of the ten conceits lies in “for the reason that toward all honored objects they are unwilling to pay homage and reverence” — the ten phrases have each a face of their own, and the root of the illness is in one and the same place. Clear away one misreading: the core of conceit is not thinking highly of oneself; it is letting the high and low of the person stand in for the true and false of the Dharma. Where it comes to ground: has there lately been a stretch of speech that you did not take in because you did not like the one who spoke it?

Gate 29. Deeds of Wisdom: What Grows After Conceit Is Left Behind

The opening phrase of this gate is not “Sons of the Buddha” but carries on from the gate before: “If the bodhisattvas leave these deeds of conceit behind, then they obtain ten kinds of deed of wisdom.” Conceit and wisdom are the two sides of one thing — where conceit is, wisdom does not arise. Several of the ten deeds of wisdom are directly symmetrical with the gate before: there, being unwilling to draw near to one who is wise; here, “drawing near to good friends and reverencing and making offerings to them, that mind honoring them and from first to last never wearying”; there, giving rise to haughtiness toward a master of the Dharma; here, “toward the various bodhisattvas giving rise to the thought of a tathāgata,” “toward those who cultivate giving rise to the thought of them as buddhas.” The eighth phrase shows the most warmth — toward the various perfections giving rise to the thought of a loving mother, and toward skillfulness in means giving rise to the thought of a loving father. Chengguan glosses this, saying, “there are ten kinds of deed of wisdom, showing the practice that acts as antidote” — this gate does not raise up another set of merits; it is the antidote to the gate before. Clear away one misreading: this is not an intimacy of figure of speech; it is looking upon the Dharma as that which rears you, so that conceit has nowhere to alight. Where it comes to ground: is your attitude toward the Dharma more like one toward a tool, or like one toward one’s parents?

Gate 30. Being Held by Māra: The Ten Symptoms of Being Held Fast

Chengguan judges the ten gates of leaving obstruction behind to be, in their first five, making clear that practice is completed by leaving obstruction behind, and in the last five, making clear the sustaining that comes of leaving obstruction behind. From this gate on is the set that concerns sustaining. All ten phrases are states, not behaviors: indolence, aspiration and desire narrow and mean, contentment with a small portion of practice, accepting one and not the rest, not giving rise to the great vow, delighting to dwell in what is at rest and extinguished and cutting off the afflictions, forever cutting off birth-and-death, forsaking the practice of a bodhisattva, not transforming sentient beings, doubting and slandering the true Dharma. The most startling are the three in the middle — delighting to dwell in what is at rest and extinguished, forever cutting off birth-and-death: these sound exactly like right cultivation, and yet they are listed under being held by māra. Chengguan glosses this gate, saying, “here at the first, it is the sustaining of the obstruction that is enmity” — so what these ten phrases list is the look of being held fast by the obstruction of enmity, not a list of crimes. Why? To clear away this misreading one must look at the direction of the whole set: what this stretch speaks of is a bodhisattva, and if a bodhisattva stops at settling himself alone, then he is held fast. Where it comes to ground: the most dangerous moment for one who cultivates is often not indolence, but ‘I have had enough already.’

Gate 31. Being Held by the Buddhas: After the Casting Off

This gate, like the one before, carries on from what precedes: “If the bodhisattvas are able to cast off these ways of being held by māra, then they obtain ten kinds of being held by the buddhas.” The ten phrases turn each one of those over: first giving rise to the mind, upholding the mind in life after life without forgetting it, keeping watch on the affairs of the māras and leaving them far behind, hearing of the perfections and cultivating as they were spoken, knowing the suffering of birth-and-death and not loathing it, contemplating the profound Dharma and obtaining measureless fruit, speaking the dharma of the two vehicles for sentient beings without realizing and grasping it, delighting to contemplate the unconditioned without abiding within it, reaching the place of non-arising and yet manifesting the taking on of birth, and though realizing all-knowing wisdom yet setting going the practice of a bodhisattva and not cutting off the lineage of bodhisattvas. One can see that every phrase has the same structure: able to go in, and not stopping inside. Chengguan glosses this, saying, “it makes clear the practice that is able to treat. Because he leaves the wrong behind, he naturally accords with the right” — it is not that one first takes hold of the buddhas’ holding; it is that once the wrong departs, the right accords of itself. Clear away one misreading: “not realizing and grasping” is not being unable to realize; it is not grasping. Where it comes to ground: that one set of things you know — can you speak it to a person who needs only that set, without falling back into it yourself?

Gate 32. Being Held by the Dharma: The Ten Places Where the Dharma Holds Fast

The two gates before spoke of being held by māra and being held by the buddhas; this gate speaks of being held by the Dharma. The ten phrases are an utterly orthodox list of dharmas: the three seals of the Dharma (all conditioned activities impermanent, suffering, without self), the nirvāṇa at rest and extinguished, dependent origination, the arising and ceasing of the twelve links in forward and reverse order, the three gates of liberation bringing forth the vehicle of the śrāvakas, the dharma of no contention bringing forth the vehicle of the pratyekabuddhas, the six perfections and four means of gathering bringing forth the Great Vehicle, all ages being the realm of the wisdom of a buddha, and cutting off thought, casting away grasping, leaving the earlier and later bounds behind, and following along with nirvāṇa. This is a rare place in the whole stretch where why the three vehicles are the three vehicles is spoken through at one go. Chengguan divides the sequence of these ten phrases very finely: “the first four are the four seals of the Dharma; the next two are dependent arising in general and in particular; the next two are the great and the small; the last two are wisdom and cutting off.” Clear away one misreading: to set the three vehicles side by side is not to weigh them as equal, for the ninth phrase, “all lands, all dharmas, all sentient beings, and all ages are the realm of the wisdom of a buddha,” has already opened the measure between them. Where it comes to ground: only by knowing how the road another walks is established is it possible neither to hold it cheap nor to stray into it.

Gate 33. The Deeds Done While Dwelling in the Tuṣita Heaven: The First of the Eight Aspects

From this gate on we enter the eight aspects. Chengguan’s judgment: these nineteen gates make clear the practice of the fulfilled fruit made manifest, belonging to the position of wondrous awakening; but if one speaks strictly in terms of the fact, the first five of the eight aspects still belong to the position of the cause, and it is only because the eight aspects are all of them manifestings that they run through into the fruit. The first aspect is in the Tuṣita heaven, and all ten matters are speaking the Dharma and manifesting: speaking of weariness and leaving behind for the gods of the realm of desire; speaking of meditation and the wisdom of things as they truly are for the gods of the realm of form; entering the samādhi of the Adornment of Light and sending forth light and speaking the Dharma; seeing and being seen by the Tuṣita bodhisattvas of the ten directions and discoursing on the Dharma; speaking gates of Dharma according to their ground for the bodhisattvas who have gathered; with the two kinds of speech, gentle and rough, giving the māra Pāpīyān no opening; sending forth a great sound to gather the assembly of the gods and manifesting rare things; not forsaking his own place and yet going everywhere to the presence of the buddhas of the ten directions to receive consecration; raising up articles of offering and making offerings to the buddhas throughout the Dharma realm; bringing forth gates of Dharma like an illusion and like a shadow and making them glad according to their minds. Chengguan glosses this, saying, “the nineteen gates below make clear the practice of the fulfilled use of the fruit.” Clear away one misreading: the Tuṣita heaven is not a rest stop. Where it comes to ground: not one of these ten matters is for himself; that stretch before the accomplishing of the Way is already wholly for the benefit of others.

Gate 34. Ten Things Manifested in Descending to Birth: Ten Lights, Ten Things

The form of this gate is as orderly as a ritual manual: in eight of the ten things a light is sent forth from some place on the body (the seventh from the hall of the jewel-treasury, the eighth from the palaces and pavilions); the light has a name; it shines upon some class of sentient beings; and it accomplishes one particular thing. From the soles of the feet the light Adornment of Ease and Joy shines upon the evil destinies; from the white hair-tuft between the brows the light Awakening shines upon the bodhisattvas who practiced with him; from the right palm the light Pure Objective Realm moves and sets down the pratyekabuddhas and the māras and outsiders; from the two knees the light Pure Adornment shines everywhere upon the palaces of the gods; from the heart-treasury the light Banner That None Can Overcome summons the vajra-bearing strongmen; from the pores the light Discerning Sentient Beings; from the jewel-treasury hall the light Contemplating What Abides Well shines upon the royal palace where he is to be born; from the palaces and tiered pavilions the light Pure Adornment of All the Palaces shines upon the mother’s womb; from beneath the two feet the light Abiding Well prolongs the life-spans of the gods; and from among the secondary marks the light Adornment of the Eye manifests the eight aspects of one lifetime. Chengguan, outlining this stretch, says, “at length it is divided into ten: the first one gate is dwelling in the heaven; the next one gate is manifesting the passing away; the third, one gate, is entering the womb; the fourth, one gate, is dwelling in the womb; the fifth, three gates, is the first birth” — and this gate falls exactly within the section of “manifesting the passing away.” Clear away one misreading: the lights are not a background effect; every one of them has a definite work to do. Where it comes to ground: the tenth light is the most worth turning over — it lets people see at one and the same time the dwelling in the womb, the first birth, the leaving of home, the accomplishing of the Way, the subduing of māra, the turning of the wheel of the Dharma, and the entering of nirvāṇa: the sequence of a whole lifetime appearing together within a single light.

Gate 35. Ten Matters of Dwelling in the Womb: Why a Buddha Must Dwell in the Womb

This gate is one of the few in the whole stretch that answer ‘why’ directly. The very first reason is quite direct: in order to bring to accomplishment sentient beings of small mind and mean understanding, and not to let them suppose that this bodhisattva is born of transformation of himself and that his wisdom and roots of good did not come from cultivation. So dwelling in the womb is a piece of evidence — this road is one that is walked. The other nine matters: ripening the roots of good of his parents and kin; entering and dwelling in the womb rightly mindful and without disorder; constantly expounding the Dharma within the womb; gathering a great assembly within the womb; manifesting the most excellent taking on of birth among human beings; the sentient beings of the three-thousandfold world seeing him as one sees a face in a bright mirror; the bodhisattvas of the final birth from other quarters coming to meet and the Treasury of Vast Wisdom being expounded; entering the samādhi Treasury Free of Defilement and manifesting a great palace within the womb; raising up articles of offering and making offerings to the buddhas of the ten directions. Reading to this point Chengguan too first puts the question out plainly: “Suppose someone asks: among the four kinds of birth, birth by transformation is the highest, and a buddha is the most excellent; why then birth from a womb?” Clear away one misreading: the womb is not a limitation. The scriptural text says that within the womb there is a vast tiered pavilion adorned with great maṇi jewels, and that bodhisattvas of the ten directions come and meet there. Where it comes to ground: a circumstance that limits you need not shrink what you do.

Gate 36. The Exceedingly Subtle Resorts: Everything Is Inside the Womb

The gate before said that things can be done within the womb; this gate pushes it to the limit: within the mother’s womb manifesting the first giving rise to the mind of awakening on to the ground of consecration, manifesting dwelling in the Tuṣita heaven, manifesting the first birth, the stage of a youth, dwelling in the royal palace, leaving home, austerities and the accomplishing of perfect awakening, the turning of the wheel of the Dharma, parinirvāṇa; and the last phrase is “manifesting the greatly subtle” — all the practices of a bodhisattva and the measureless and diverse gates of the masterful spiritual power of all the tathāgatas. The sequence of a whole lifetime, all of it manifested at once within the womb. It is precisely on this ground that Li Tongxuan reads the eight aspects as “all in one time”; he says that the Tathāgata’s appearing in the world, from beginning to end, never departs from the very brink of an instant, and that dwelling in the womb, dwelling in the Tuṣita heaven, the first birth, leaving home, accomplishing the Way, turning the wheel of the Dharma, and entering nirvāṇa are all in one time. Chengguan says “all alike manifested together at one time within a single mark,” and Fazang “all alike manifested together at one time within the womb” — the three houses say the same: the outlines have a sequence, what is manifested is simultaneous. Chengguan glosses this, saying, “this makes clear the ten matters of dwelling in the womb. The first one manifests the positions in general; the next eight make clear the manifesting of the seven aspects,” and explaining the name of the gate he says, “deep, secret, and hard to know, and therefore named subtle.” Clear away one misreading: do not read it as a display of spiritual penetration; the name the scriptural text gives is “resort,” a place of resorting into.

Gate 37. Ten Kinds of Birth: The Ten Things at the Time of Birth

Of the ten kinds of birth the first nine phrases are all “born …”: born leaving delusion far behind and rightly mindful and rightly knowing; born sending forth a net of light that shines everywhere; born abiding in the final existence and taking on a later body no more; born neither arising nor being set going; born knowing the three realms to be like an illusion; born manifesting his body everywhere in the ten directions; born with a body that realizes the wisdom of all-knowing wisdom; born with a body that sends forth the light of the buddhas and universally awakens beings; born with a body that enters the samādhi of contemplating with great wisdom. The fourth phrase is the crucial one — “born neither arising nor being set going.” Born and yet not born: this one phrase gathers up all eight before and after it. The tenth phrase turns into narrative: when the bodhisattva is born he shakes all the buddha-lands, liberates all sentient beings, extinguishes all the evil destinies, outshines and eclipses all the māras, and measureless bodhisattvas all come and gather. Chengguan glosses this, saying, “it makes clear the mark of the first birth. Here at the first it is set forth properly, that is, the time of the birth from the right side” — what this gate speaks of is the mark at the time of birth. Clear away one misreading: this gate is not a description of auspicious portents at a nativity, for the closing sentence of the scriptural text gives the purpose — “manifested in this way for the sake of taming sentient beings.” Where it comes to ground: every visible mark is set up for the sake of the one who looks.

Gate 38. Smiling and Inwardly Vowing: The Ten Thoughts Before the Smile

This gate is very peculiar: it takes one facial expression apart into ten thoughts. After every thought comes the same sentence: “with glad delight he smiles and inwardly vows.” The ten thoughts are: the world is sunk in the mire of desire and apart from me alone none is able to save them; the world is blinded by the afflictions and I alone am complete in wisdom; with this body of borrowed name I shall obtain the dharma-body of a Tathāgata; contemplating everywhere the Brahmā gods on to the gods of Great Mastery, who all take themselves to have great powers of wisdom; sentient beings have long planted roots of good and today have all fallen away from them; though the seeds sown are few the fruit obtained is very much; sentient beings who receive the Buddha’s teaching will surely obtain benefit; the bodhisattvas who practiced with him in the past are stained and attached to other affairs and do not obtain the merits of the Buddha-dharma; the gods and humans who gathered with him in the past are to this day still in the stage of the ordinary person and yet do not weary of it; and being touched by the light of all the tathāgatas and glad and comforted twice over. Chengguan settles the time and place of this gate for us: “second, manifesting the smile, for the reason that it is at the time of walking the seven steps” — the smile is nowhere else but exactly at the seven steps. Clear away one misreading: the first two thoughts sound like self-conceit, but look at the eighth and the ninth — those who practiced with him have fallen behind, those who gathered with him are still where they were: there is sorrow within this smile. Where it comes to ground: compassion without a little gladness cannot be sustained; gladness without a little sorrow turns into pride.

Gate 39. Walking Seven Steps: The Ten Layers of Meaning in the Seven Steps

Why seven steps? The scriptural text gives ten reasons: to manifest the power of a bodhisattva; to manifest the giving of the seven riches; to fulfill the vow of the earth spirits; to manifest the mark of passing beyond the three realms; to manifest that the most excellent practice surpasses the practice of the elephant-king, the bull-king, and the lion-king; to manifest the mark of the adamantine ground; to manifest that he means to give sentient beings the power of bravery; to manifest the cultivating of the jewels of the seven limbs of awakening; to manifest that the dharma he has obtained is not taught to him by another; to manifest that in the world he is the most excellent and beyond compare. Two of them fasten directly upon the “seven” — the seven noble riches and the seven limbs of awakening. Chengguan glosses this, saying, “that is, at the first birth, upon the ground, in each of the ten directions he walks seven steps, for the reason that it shows his mastery and rarity.” Clear away one misreading: this gate is not explaining a detail of history. The closing sentence of the scriptural text is still “manifested in this way for the sake of taming sentient beings” — the seven steps are one sentence of Dharma shown for people to see. Where it comes to ground: of these ten phrases, the one that comes home to oneself most is the ninth, “the dharma he has obtained is not taught to him by another” — that portion of view you rely on, was it heard from someone, or walked out?

Gate 40. Dwelling in the Stage of a Youth: Why There Must Be a Childhood

Of the ten matters the first three are all the arts of the world: letters, reckoning, drawings and books, and seals and signets; elephants and horses, carriages, bows and arrows, and swords and halberds; writing and discoursing, board games and amusements. Why must a bodhisattva have penetrating mastery of these? The words the scriptural text uses are “in order to make manifest his penetrating mastery” — it is to show that he has mastered them, not that he needs to learn them. The fourth matter turns to “leaving far behind the faults of all sorts in the deeds of body, speech, and mind”; the fifth is entering concentration, abiding in the gate of nirvāṇa, and pervading the ten directions; and after that come power and form surpassing those of the gods, making those absorbed in the joys of desire glad and delighted in the Dharma, honoring the true Dharma and diligently making offerings to the buddhas, and obtaining the aid of the buddhas and receiving the light of the Dharma. Chengguan glosses this, saying, “the youth is already within the royal palace, but this gate makes clear the virtue and the arts he harbors in his youth, showing that he is utterly beyond compare” — the stage of a youth and the following gate are both within the royal palace, and the difference is that this gate speaks of the virtue and arts harbored in his early years. Clear away one misreading: the arts of the world are listed here not as an ornament, for the eighth phrase gives their use — “in order to make sentient beings who are absorbed in the joys of desire glad and delighted in the Dharma.” Where it comes to ground: whether those worldly skills of yours are an obstruction or a doorway of drawing in depends on what you do with them.

Gate 41. Manifesting Dwelling in the Royal Palace: Living in the Place That Looks Least Like Cultivation

Among the ten reasons one is the plainest of all: “for the reason that he follows along with the minds of the sentient beings of the age of the five turbidities.” And one is the deepest: “for the reason that he means to manifest that the power of a bodhisattva’s great majestic virtue is able to enter samādhi within the deep palace.” The royal palace is where the joys of desire are at their height, and it is precisely for that reason that being able to enter samādhi within it shows the power. The other eight phrases: ripening the roots of good of sentient beings who practiced with him in former ages; showing the power of a bodhisattva’s roots of good; manifesting the implements of joy of a bodhisattva’s great majestic virtue; fulfilling the intent of sentient beings who vowed with him in former ages; fulfilling the wishes of his father and mother, his kin, and his retinue; making offerings to the tathāgatas with music that sends forth the sound of the wondrous Dharma; abiding within the palace in a subtle and wondrous samādhi and manifesting everything from the accomplishing of buddhahood to nirvāṇa; and following along with and guarding the dharma of the buddhas. Chengguan, outlining these two gates, says, “they make clear the practice of being at home and the same as the common, and both are the mark of dwelling in the royal palace” — dwelling in the stage of a youth and dwelling in the royal palace are alike the practice of being at home and the same as the common. Clear away one misreading: dwelling in the royal palace is not a stage of compromise. Where it comes to ground: whether one can cultivate has less to do with whether the surroundings are pure than one imagines; the scriptural text’s evidence is this — he entered samādhi there.

Gate 42. Manifesting the Leaving of Home: The Ten Reasons for Leaving Home

The gate before dwelt in the palace, this gate leaves home, and the scriptural text makes the joint itself: after the bodhisattva of the final body has in this way manifested dwelling in the royal palace, only then does he leave home. The ten reasons: weariness of dwelling at home; making sentient beings attached to home forsake it; following along with faith and delight in the road of the noble ones; proclaiming and praising the merit of leaving home; manifesting the forever leaving behind of the view of the two extremes; making sentient beings leave behind the joys of desire and of self; first manifesting the mark of coming forth from the three realms; manifesting that he is master of himself and does not belong to another; showing that he is about to obtain a Tathāgata’s ten powers and fearlessnesses; and that for the bodhisattva of the final body the dharma ought by rights to be thus. The tenth phrase is the most interesting — because the dharma is from the first thus. Chengguan, outlining these two gates, says, “they make clear the practice of forsaking home in expectation of the Way. The first makes clear the leaving of home; the latter shows the cultivating” — leaving home and austerities are one set, the first making clear the forsaking and the second the cultivating. Clear away one misreading: among these ten phrases there is not one that says ‘because one cannot cultivate at home.’ The real weight lies in the fifth phrase, “manifesting the forever leaving behind of the view of the two extremes,” and the eighth, “manifesting that he is master of himself and does not belong to another.” Where it comes to ground: whether one leaves home is one matter; leaving the view of the two extremes behind and not belonging to another is the matter that everyone has to do.

Gate 43. Manifesting the Practice of Austerities: Whom Are the Austerities Shown To?

Of the ten reasons for austerities not one is ‘because austerities work.’ They are: bringing to accomplishment sentient beings of mean understanding; pulling out the wrong views of sentient beings; making those who do not believe in the recompense of deeds see the recompense of deeds; following along with the dharma of a defiled world, as it ought by rights to be; manifesting that he can endure toil and hardship and diligently cultivates the Way; making sentient beings delight in seeking the Dharma; for the sake of sentient beings attached to the joys of desire and of self; manifesting that the bodhisattva’s setting going of practice is most excellent and that even to the final birth he does not forsake vigor; making sentient beings delight in the dharma of stillness and grow their roots of good; and awaiting the ripening of the faculties of the gods and the people of the world. Chengguan gives each phrase a still shorter label — spurring on the indolent; making them know that for the Dharma one forgets hunger; showing that attachment to joy is not the Way; diligence from beginning to end; and of the last phrase he says, “as for austerities that await the occasion, they show that his compassion is deep.” He also collates one variant: at this place the Jin recension reads “in order to make sentient beings of the time to come give rise to vigor,” and he says that in the present recension the words about vigor are joined into the phrase before and that one phrase is missing. Clear away one misreading: austerities here are a means of teaching, not the Way itself. Where it comes to ground: those habits of hard practice upon you — for whose sake are they?

Gate 44. Going to the Place of the Way: Walking Toward That Tree

Chengguan says that the five gates from going to the place of the Way onward are “the practice of accomplishing the Way and entering realization,” and for this gate he points out three reasons why: it shows the forsaking of the wrong and the turning to the right; it shows that the cause is perfected and turns toward the fruit; and it shows that this practice is the last of the practices. All ten matters happen “when going to the place of the Way”: shining upon all the worlds; shaking all the worlds; manifesting his body everywhere in all the worlds; awakening all the bodhisattvas and the sentient beings who practiced with him in former ages; manifesting all the adornments of the place of the Way; manifesting a body with bearing and the adornments of the tree of awakening according to what the minds of sentient beings desire; seeing present before him all the tathāgatas of the ten directions; at every raising and setting down of the foot constantly entering samādhi and in thought after thought accomplishing buddhahood with no gap between; the kings of the eight classes of beings not knowing of one another and yet each raising up all sorts of offerings; and with unobstructed wisdom universally contemplating all the tathāgatas cultivating the practice of a bodhisattva and accomplishing perfect awakening. Clear away one misreading: the phrase most to be looked at is the eighth — accomplishing buddhahood in thought after thought, not accomplishing it only upon arrival. Where it comes to ground: road and fruit are not two stretches; every step of the walking is itself the accomplishing.

Gate 45. Sitting at the Place of the Way: After the Sitting Down

Chengguan divides this gate: the first four are the adorning of the place, the next three are the manifesting of the marks of the three kinds of deed, and the last three are the completing of virtue — “first, fulfilling what he himself can realize, wisdom appearing and confusion perished; second, receiving the place where the buddhas dwell, being about to accord with and be one with the Dharma realm; third, great compassion of one substance, and therefore able to aid everywhere.” The ten matters: shaking all the worlds in all sorts of ways; shining evenly upon all the worlds; extinguishing the sufferings of the evil destinies; causing all the worlds to be made of adamant; universally contemplating the lion-seats of all the tathāgatas; a mind like empty space with nothing discriminated; manifesting a body with bearing according to what is fitting; abiding securely in accordance with the adamantine samādhi; receiving the pure and wondrous place held by the spiritual power of all the tathāgatas; and with the power of his own roots of good being able to aid all sentient beings. On the fifth phrase Chengguan has a note of collation: the Jin recension reads “contemplating the roar of the lion of all the buddhas,” a difference of one word between seat and roar. Clear away one misreading: the sixth phrase, “his mind is like empty space, with nothing discriminated,” does not collide with the shaking and shining of the first four — the outward marks move while the mind does not discriminate, and this is precisely the bone of this gate.

Gate 46. The Unprecedented Matters of Sitting at the Place of the Way: Ten Rare Things Felt from Without

Chengguan says that this gate is “making clear the rarity felt from without, the foretoken of the great fruit” — the first four are the answer of the outer realm to him, while the last six are the bodhisattva’s own doing: entering samādhi, obtaining the dhāraṇī, raising offerings, abiding in wisdom. The ten matters: the tathāgatas of the ten directions appearing before him, raising their right hands and praising the unsurpassed guide; all the tathāgatas guarding him in thought and giving him majestic power; the bodhisattvas who practiced with him in former ages gathering round and making offerings; the grasses, trees, thickets, and forests and other things without feeling bending their bodies and lowering their shadows toward the place of the Way; entering the samādhi of Contemplating the Dharma Realm, which makes all his practices complete; obtaining the dhāraṇī Highest Treasury of the Ocean of Subtle Light Free of Defilement; raising up surpassing and wondrous offerings and making offerings to the buddhas everywhere; abiding in the most excellent wisdom and fully knowing the faculties and intentions of all sentient beings; entering the samādhi Good Awakening, which makes his body fill the three times and the realm of empty space; and obtaining the unobstructed great wisdom of the light free of defilement, which makes his deeds of body universally enter the three times. On the first phrase the layer of the speaker is to be noticed — that praise is Samantabhadra relating the words of the buddhas of the ten directions, and not a tathāgata of the present assembly speaking. Clear away one misreading: the things without feeling bending their bodies and lowering their shadows is not a mythological ornament; it runs on the same road as the doctrine of the grasses and trees earlier being of one Dharma realm.

Gate 47. Manifesting the Subduing of Māra: Why “Manifesting”

Every phrase of this gate uses the two words “manifesting,” and Chengguan explains particularly why: because they were long ago subdued; because the māra-kings are for the most part great bodhisattvas; and because there is no evil māra able to distress a buddha. And he draws a comparison as well: it is like a jackal — how should it be able to shake out its might before a lion? So the subduing of māra is played for people to see. The ten reasons: the sentient beings of a turbid age delighting in battle, and therefore showing his majestic virtue; cutting off the doubts of the gods and the people of the world; teaching, transforming, and taming the armies of the māras; making those who delight in battle-arrays gather to look on and be tamed in mind; showing that none in the world can match his majestic power; setting going the power of bravery of sentient beings; pitying the sentient beings of the last age; showing that even up to the place of the Way there are still armies of māra, and only after this is the realm of māra passed beyond; showing that the working of the afflictions is weak and feeble while the power of the roots of good of great loving-kindness is strong; and following along with the dharma practiced in a turbid and evil world. Clear away one misreading: the eighth phrase is the crucial one — right up to the place of the Way there are still māras coming; this is not failure, this is a message for those who come after. Where it comes to ground: that there is still interference when one has cultivated to the very end is the normal state, not a going backward.

Gate 48. Accomplishing the Powers of a Tathāgata: The Threshold Is at This Phrase

This is the turning point of the whole stretch. Here Chengguan judges: only from this gate on is it truly the fulfilled fruit, and all that precedes is the perfected cause. He says that this gate is “that is, perfect awakening appearing before him,” and he uses the three paths to range what is before and after: the two gates before (the unprecedented matters and the subduing of māra) serve as the uninterrupted path, this gate as the path of liberation, and the two gates further back (going to the place of the Way and sitting at the place of the Way) as the path of skillful means. He outlines the ten phrases too: the first, no obstruction not stilled; the next two, no cause not perfected; the next two, no fruit not fulfilled; the next three, no virtue not universal; the last two, no buddha not the same — and therefore the name Tathāgata is concluded. The closing sentence of the scriptural text answers to it exactly: “If the bodhisattvas are complete in these ten powers, then they are named the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One.” Clear away one misreading: this “is named” is a conclusion drawn by Samantabhadra, not a Tathāgata calling himself so. Where it comes to ground: between cause and fruit there is no leap, for every one of the ten phrases hangs upon a “for the reason that” — every one of them has its whence.

Gate 49. Turning the Great Wheel of the Dharma: The Wheel and the Turning

Chengguan first explains the name: “flowing forth in perfect penetration is what is meant by wheel; from me to another is what is named turning.” The wheel is the perfect penetration and flowing forth of the Dharma; the turning is from me to another. Then he sets up a measure: the Lesser Vehicle, fastens the four practices of eye, wisdom, clarity, and awakening to the four truths; this scripture shows the ten practices that are inexhaustible, and they should be fastened to ten truths and so make a hundred practices. This is the Huayan way of reckoning brought to bear upon the turning of the wheel of the Dharma. The ten matters the scriptural text lists with ordinal numbers: the wisdom of the four fearlessnesses; the four eloquences and sounds that accord; being well able to open up the marks of the four truths of what is real; following along with the unobstructed liberation of the buddhas; making the minds of sentient beings all give rise to pure faith; that his words are not spent in vain and are able to pull out the poisoned arrows of suffering; being sustained by the power of the vow of great compassion; that his sound pervades the ten directions; that through asaṃkhyeya kalpas he speaks the Dharma without cease; and that whatever dharma he speaks is able to set going the faculties, the powers, the way of awakening, meditative concentration, liberation, and samādhi. Chengguan outlines them thus: the first two, that what turns is fully perfect; the next two, that what is turned is deep and wondrous; the next two, that faith is produced and suffering pulled out; the next two, that the cause is deep and the measure vast; the last two, that the time is far and the benefit high. Clear away one misreading: the subject of this gate is already the Tathāgata, but it is still Samantabhadra who is relating it.

Gate 50. Sowing the White and Pure Dharmas: Why Not One Phrase Is Spent in Vain

The four words “sowing the white and pure dharmas” must be taken apart. Chengguan says that the white and pure dharmas are the very substance of the wheel that is turned, and that the sense of “sowing” is this: the buddha’s uncontaminated pure Dharma realm turns into the minds of sentient beings and becomes the seed of the perfuming of hearing, and therefore it is called sowing. And he fastens it to the sense of the perfuming of much hearing in the treatises of the lineage. So the reason that the speaking of the Dharma is not spent in vain is that the phrase that has been heard leaves a seed within the mind. The ten reasons: the power of his vow in the past; being sustained by great compassion; not forsaking sentient beings; wisdom masterful, speaking in accordance with what they delight in; surely meeting their occasion and never missing it; according with what is fitting and having no false speech; the wisdom that knows the three times understanding well; his body most excellent with none his equal; his speech masterful with none able to fathom it; and wisdom masterful, so that whatever words he sends forth are able to make people awaken. Chengguan says that the first is the cause in a former age and the rest are all present causes, and that the first six are the completeness of virtue while the last three are the surpassingness of use. Clear away one misreading: not being spent in vain does not say that the hearer understands on the spot; it says that the seed is already sown. Where it comes to ground: the one who speaks is responsible for meeting the time and the occasion; the season of the sprouting is not the speaker’s to govern.

Gate 51. Manifesting Parinirvāṇa: The Last Phrase Is Still Manifesting

Chengguan explains the gate of nirvāṇa in one sentence: “what is to be exhausted returns to the source.” The ten senses he judges phrase by phrase: the first two make clear the faults and troubles of birth-and-death (the first impermanence, the second no joy, and therefore it says not secure); the third makes clear that nirvāṇa is joy; the fourth overturns the impermanence of the form-body and takes the dharma-body as permanent — and on this phrase he has a note of collation, that the Jin recension reads “in order to make them seek the permanently abiding pure dharma-body,” and that the present recension lacks one word, permanent. The next three phrases make clear that birth-and-death is without self and not master of itself; the eighth makes clear that nirvāṇa is firm, that is, the masterful self, and carries the sense of permanence along with it; the ninth overturns the conditioned so as to make clear the virtue of purity; and of the last phrase, “the tenth makes clear that the dharma is just so.” And the closing sentence of the scriptural text is precisely this: when the buddhas have finished doing the work of a buddha, have fulfilled what they vowed, have turned the wheel of the Dharma, have taught and crossed over all who ought to be taught and crossed over, and when those bodhisattvas who ought to receive an honored title have been accomplished in receiving their predictions, then by the dharma it ought by rights to be thus that they enter the unchanging great parinirvāṇa. Clear away one misreading: in all ten senses not one says that the Buddha really was extinguished; every one of them is “manifesting.” Where it comes to ground: nirvāṇa in this gate is a lesson — the content of the lesson is impermanence, and the manner of the teaching is to manifest impermanence in himself.

Lineage

Whence the outline of the six positions came. The stage-names of the six sections into which the part of the speaking of this chapter is divided are, as Chengguan plainly says, an outline the ancient worthies of old made on the basis of the text of the separately circulating Dushi jing in order to outline this scripture, and he carried it on and explained by it. Therefore “the practice of the perfected cause and the fulfilled fruit” is a set of coordinates given by the commentators, and not what the scripture calls itself. The three houses reckon these fifty-one gates differently as well: Chengguan counts fifty-one by gates, Fazang counts five hundred and ten by phrases, and the Yanyi chao preserves besides two other reckonings, that of the whole chapter the first one hundred and ninety-six gates belong to the cause, or that if the eight aspects are taken as the fruit then the fruit has nineteen gates. The places of division are in truth two (the last four gates, and from dwelling in Tuṣita onward), and the manner of counting differs as gates or phrases; the ancient worthies each had their warrant, and they are recorded together without judgment.

The boundary between cause and fruit. Chengguan judges that only the four gates from “accomplishing the powers of a Tathāgata” onward make clear the fulfilled fruit, while Fazang takes everything from “the ten kinds of dwelling in the Tuṣita heaven” onward as the practice of the fulfilled fruit made manifest. The boundaries of the two houses are not in the same place, but they are two standards: Chengguan, speaking strictly, has only the last four gates as fruit; Fazang, speaking by manifestation, draws the whole set of the eight aspects into the fruit — and Chengguan’s own Yanyi chao keeps both standards side by side (the first hundred and ninety-six gates belong to the cause; if the eight aspects are the fruit, the fruit has nineteen gates). Recorded without judgment.

The time of the eight aspects. All three houses say they are simultaneous: Chengguan says “all alike manifested together at one time within a single mark,” Fazang “all alike manifested together at one time within the womb,” and Li Tongxuan reads it as “all in one time,” saying that the Tathāgata’s appearing in the world, from beginning to end, never departs from the very brink of an instant, and that dwelling in the womb, dwelling in the Tuṣita heaven, the first birth, leaving home, accomplishing the Way, turning the wheel of the Dharma, and entering nirvāṇa are all in one time. The outlines have a sequence, what is manifested is simultaneous; the three houses are recorded together.

A few variant readings. In the gate of pure equanimity, the present recension lists eleven phrases in the text while the Jin recension draws the first two into one and makes ten; in the second phrase of the dharmas of cultivation, the Jin recension reads “awakening the gods”; in the ninth phrase of the austerities, the Jin recension reads “in order to make sentient beings of the time to come give rise to vigor,” and Chengguan says that the present recension lacks this one phrase; in the fifth phrase of sitting at the place of the Way, the Jin recension reads contemplating the roar of the lion of all the buddhas and not the lion-seat; in the fourth sense of manifesting parinirvāṇa, the Jin recension reads “in order to make them seek the permanently abiding pure dharma-body,” and Chengguan says that the present recension lacks one word, permanent. All the above are divergences the ancient worthies have already recorded, and they are recorded without judgment.

The correspondence with the separately circulating recension. The questions of the last round of the separately circulating Dushipin jing are exactly fifty-one, and they correspond one by one with the fifty-one gates of this stretch, the sequence of the gates being wholly the same while the translated wording is wholly different: contemplation is made beholding; universal contemplation is made looking round; rousing might is made stretching and yawning; deeds of conceit are made self-exaltation; deeds of wisdom are made deeds of the noble; manifesting parinirvāṇa is made taking the great extinction and crossing over. This is the hardest single set of outward evidence for the number and the sequence of the gates of this stretch, and it is precisely the recension upon which the ancient worthies relied in setting up the outline of the six sections.

Cross-reading with other chapters. The outline of the ten perfections in this stretch (the threefold collection of precepts, the three kinds of patience, and the three grounds of loving-kindness, compassion, joy, and equanimity) Chengguan repeatedly says has already been seen in the Chapter on the Ten Grounds and the Chapter on the Ten Practices; this stretch is an outline already set up walked through once more at the position of equal awakening, and not newly set up. The deeds of a buddha spoken of in the four gates of the fulfilled fruit and the ten senses of nature-origination spoken of in the Chapter on the Appearance of the Tathāgata are two ways of putting the question about one and the same set of materials: the one asks how one ought to see the body of a buddha, the other asks what the accomplishing of the way of a buddha, the turning of the wheel of the Dharma, and the taking of extinction are — the one asks about seeing, the other about doing.

The adducing of this chapter in the treatises of the Huayan school. When the later treatises of the Huayan school adduce this chapter, they for the most part adduce the name of the chapter in general without citing the scripture phrase by phrase: some adduce it to witness the sense of the inexhaustibility of the ten minds, some to witness the sense of the ten buddhas, and some to witness the sense of the ten ages. Among these the sense of the ten buddhas is the nearest to the two gates of this stretch, seeing the buddha and accomplishing the powers of a Tathāgata; yet the places adduced do not fix the location phrase by phrase, and this is recorded.

品三十八 離世間品 · 結勸·現瑞·證成·偈頌分Detachment from the World · The Conclusion: The Exhortation, the Auspicious Signs, the Attestation, and the Verses

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

為什麼要有「結」這一段

前面六段答完了——澄觀說這六段是「問一答十,以顯無盡」,故算作二千普賢勝行,後人所謂『兩千行』即指此——話已經說盡了,為什麼還要再加一段?

因為說法有一個難處——講得越廣,聽的人越抓不住。所以普賢在這裡先做一件事:給這一大堆行取一個名字。「佛子!此法門名:菩薩廣大清淨行。」名字一立,前面散在六段裡的答文,澄觀所謂『二千行』,就有了一個可以被記住、被稱說、被傳下去的把手。

取名之後隨即舉義:這法門是「無量諸佛所共宣說」,它的效用是「能令智者了無量義皆生歡喜,令一切菩薩大願、大行皆得相續」。這三句要分開讀。共說,是說它不是一人一時之見;生歡喜,是說它對已有智慧的人是可解可受的;大願大行相續,才是它真正的作用——不是讓人聽了感動一場,是讓已經發起的願與行不中斷。

這裡先排一個誤:聽到「廣大清淨行」五字,容易當成一種特別高階的行門,好像要修完前面所有階位才輪得到。經自己的說法不是這樣:這名字是回過頭來給前面全部六段取的總名,不是又添了一種新行。澄觀在此分得清楚:先前的總名「清淨行」是就所詮的行體說,十名之中的第一名「功德行處」才是「初一約能詮」,其餘九名就所詮的功能立稱。

落到讀者身上:讀完一部長經,最該做的第一件事,是替自己所讀的內容取一個能記住的名字。記不住名字的法,過幾天就只剩一點情緒。

聞、信解、修行——三步之間不能跳

第二段話開始勸信:「佛子!若有眾生得聞此法,聞已信解,解已修行,必得疾成阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。」

先問一句:為什麼要把『聞、信解、修行』拆成三步?合起來說『信佛就成佛』不是更快嗎?

因為三步之間各有各的失落處。聞而不信解,就是聽過而已;信解而不修行,就是懂道理而已。經文用「聞已」「解已」兩個「已」字把它們串成一條不可跳的鏈——前一步完成,後一步才有著落。而最後給的保證,經自己說明了理由:「何以故?以如說修行故。」不是因為這法特別,是因為人真的照著做了。

這裡要排的誤是:把「疾成」讀成快捷方式。「疾」的原因在後半句,不在前半句;沒有「如說修行」這個因,前面聞與解都不產生「疾」。

落地的用法很簡單:讀完一段法,問自己走到第幾步。多數人卡在第二步到第三步之間,而那一步是唯一自己能邁的。

反過來說一次:不照著做的人

經接著把同一件事反過來說一次:「佛子!若諸菩薩不如說行,當知是人於佛菩提則為永離,是故菩薩應如說行。」

先問:這話會不會太重了?只是沒做到,怎麼就「永離」?

要看主語。這句話的主語是「諸菩薩」,不是初聞法的人;已經受法而不行,與尚未聞法而不行,是兩件事。再看「永離」二字所對的是「佛菩提」——不是說此人墮落,是說單靠不行之解,通向佛菩提的那條路是走不到的,隔多久都走不到,所以說永。

正反兩說並列,是這一段的體例:正面說如說行則疾成,反面說不如說行則永離。同一個道理說兩次,用意在於堵住中間那條看似存在的第三路——只解不行而仍能到。經文的立場是:沒有這條路。

落地處在一個日常的判斷:當自己讀到一段法而心裡起了『這個道理我懂了』的滿足感時,那正是這句經文所警的位置。

十個名字:一部經為什麼要取這麼多名

第四段列出十個名字:「此一切菩薩功德行處.決定義華.普入一切法.普生一切智.超諸世間.離二乘道.不與一切諸眾生共.悉能照了一切法門.增長眾生出世善根.離世間法門品」。

先問:前面已經取了「菩薩廣大清淨行」一名,為什麼還要十個?

因為一個名字只能照一面。澄觀釋此云,第一名是就能詮而立——「依此生行故名為處」;其餘九名則是就所詮的功能而立。順著他的解讀一路看下去:第二名說此行決定能感果,第三、第四名說所證與能證,第五名說有智超勝,第六名說悲興萬行,第七名說一一圓融,第八名說軌則具足,第九名說即理涉事,第十名說即事而真。十個名字不是十種東西,是同一法門的十個側面。

這裡要排一個誤:不要把「離二乘道」「不與一切諸眾生共」讀成貶抑他人。這兩名在十名之列,說的是此法門的分齊——它所立的行不與二乘共,也不是世間共法所能攝,是就法的體量說,不是就人的高下說。

落地:以後遇到一部經有許多異名,別急著記數目,先問每一名照的是哪一面。

六個「應」:勸學的次第

十名之後,經給了六個動作:「應尊重,應聽受,應誦持,應思惟,應願樂,應修行」,並以一句作結:「若能如是,當知是人疾得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。」

先問:這六個字是隨口排的嗎?

看它的次序就知道不是。尊重在最前——沒有敬心,後面五個都做不進去;聽受是入耳,誦持是入口,思惟是入心,願樂是心裡起了要它的意樂,修行才是身上動起來。六個動作剛好是一條從外到內、再從內到外的路。前三個是受持的功夫,第四第五是消化的功夫,第六是兌現。

要排的誤是把誦持當成終點。誦得很熟而不思惟,是把法留在口上;思惟而不願樂,是把法留在頭腦裡當作知識。願樂這一環最容易被跳過,而它正是思惟與修行之間的樞紐。

落地:拿這六個字當自我檢查表,一部經讀過之後逐項對一遍,就知道自己停在哪裡。

大地為什麼要震動

長行說完,經家記下一件事:「說此品時,佛神力故,及此法門法如是故,十方無量無邊阿僧祇世界皆大震動,大光普照。」

先問:震動與放光是為誰而現的?

經文給了兩個理由,而且是並列的兩個。前一個是「佛神力故」,後一個是「此法門法如是故」——法本身就是這樣,所以動、所以照。第二個理由才是關鍵:瑞相不是外加的裝飾,也不是為了取信於人而特別安排的神變,是這一法門說出之時法界本然的反應。

這裡要排一個誤:把現瑞讀成獎賞或印章,好像說得好所以得到一個記號。經的說法是「法如是故」——法如此,所以現如此,中間沒有評價的環節。澄觀於此分只寫「可知」二字,不另立細科,也正因為此段文意本自明白。

落地:讀經時遇到瑞相之文,先找經文自己給的理由句。理由若在法上,就不必當作神奇之事來讀。

十方諸佛先讚法,後歎人

證成分有兩節,先後不可倒。前一節,十方諸佛「皆現普賢菩薩前」而讚言:「善哉善哉!佛子!乃能說此諸菩薩摩訶薩功德行處.決定義華.普入一切佛法.出世間法門品。」

先問:諸佛所讚的是誰?

讀讚語的賓語就知道——所讚的是「此……法門品」,是法,不是人。澄觀判此為「讚法證」。這個次序有意思:先證明所說之法是真的,然後才輪到說法的人。若倒過來,先讚人再及法,那法的可信就繫在人身上了;如今先讚法,人的可讚才有所依。

這裡要排的誤是把「善哉善哉」讀成客套。它在此處是一種證明——十方諸佛同時現身作證,作證的內容是這法門確如所說。

落地:判斷一段法可不可信,先看它自己站不站得住,再看誰說的。次序反了,就成了看人取法。

歎人與共誓護持

後一節轉向人:「佛子!汝已善學此法,善說此法。汝以威力護持此法,我等諸佛悉皆隨喜」,並且以隨喜相推——「如我等諸佛隨喜於汝,一切諸佛悉亦如是」。澄觀判此為「歎人證」。

先問:所歎的是普賢的什麼?

三件事:善學、善說、以威力護持。次第仍然是先學後說,最後才是護持。這也是一個提醒——能護持一個法的人,是先學會而且說得清楚的人,不是只有熱心的人。

末後一句最重:「佛子!我等諸佛悉共同心護持此經,令現在、未來諸菩薩眾未曾聞者皆當得聞。」這是全段長行的收尾,交代的是這部法門往後怎麼傳。「悉共同心」四字說護持者不是一佛;「現在、未來」四字說所護的時限不止當座;「未曾聞者皆當得聞」說護持的目的不在保存文本,在於讓還沒聽過的人聽到。

落地:護持一個法,最實在的做法就是讓沒聽過的人聽到——這是經自己給的定義。

頌的前八偈:先講清楚『我要說什麼、說多少』

長行既竟,普賢「承佛神力,觀察十方一切大眾洎于法界而說頌言」。澄觀判偈頌總有二百一十五頌半,分為三段:初八偈七言歎德深廣、次百三十一頌半總示行德、後七十六偈頌前長行——下文各節即依這三分而說,此分節唯繫澄觀。

第一段八偈的作用,是把『說什麼』先交代明白。開頭四偈都是同一個句型:先說所讚之人是誰,末句才說我要說他。「於無量劫修苦行,從無量佛正法生,令無量眾住菩提,彼無等行聽我說」——三句寫因,一句許說。第二偈「供無量佛而捨著,廣度群生不作想」,供佛而不著、度生而不作眾生想,這是把前面六段所答之行,也就是澄觀所謂『二千行』,把骨頭抽出來說一次。

接著兩偈轉為誡聽:「施戒忍進禪智慧,方便慈悲喜捨等,百千萬劫常修行,彼人功德仁應聽。」六度與四無量並列,時間放到百千萬劫,然後才說「應聽」。誡聽不是客套,是把聽者的心先安在一個夠長的尺度上。

最後一偈交代分齊:「無量億劫演其德,如海一滴未為少,功德無比不可諭,以佛威神今略說。」用無量億劫去說,也只如大海一滴——但那一滴不算少。這一句要排的誤是把「略說」讀成敷衍:略是相對於無盡而言的略,不是隨便說說。

五十個譬喻要怎麼讀

第二大段起頭並不直接入喻,先有二偈總標。「其心無高下,求道無厭倦,普使諸眾生,住善增淨法」——先說能行之心:不高不下,是於所化無揀擇;無厭倦,是於長時不退。接著才舉喻:「智慧普饒益,如樹如河泉,亦如於大地,一切所依處」——樹取蔭覆,河泉取不竭,大地取所依。澄觀判這二偈為「略標法喻」,法在前偈,喻在後偈。先問:為什麼要先標出「一切所依處」這一句?因為後面五十個譬喻無論取哪一物,落點都在饒益眾生這一件事上;先立此句,後面才不散。要排的誤是把這二偈當作發語之詞而略過——它是全段譬喻的總帽子,不是引子。落地:讀譬喻之前先記住這兩句,五十喻就有了一根線。

第二大段最長,其中「託事表法」一科用了五十個譬喻。澄觀說此段「總五十喻,難以區分,今類例相從且分為十」——他自己也承認難分,是取類相從而權分十類。所以讀者不必把十類當成固定的框,重要的是看懂譬喻本身怎麼運作。

先看兩個開頭的喻。蓮華喻把一朵花拆開來配:「慈根安隱莖,智慧為眾蘂,戒品為香潔」——根、莖、蘂、香各有所配,最後補一句「不著有為水」,這才是蓮華喻的真正著力處。法樹喻同樣拆解:「生於直心地,信種慈悲根,智慧以為身,方便為枝幹,五度為繁密,定葉神通華,一切智為果」,從土地一路配到果實,末後半偈「最上力為蔦,垂陰覆三界」收在覆蔭上。

這種寫法有一個共同的規矩:喻的每一個部件都要有所配,而全喻收在一個作用上。讀的時候若只記住「菩薩如蓮華」而漏掉「不著有為水」,就等於只拿了一個比方而丟了它要說的話。

要排的誤是把譬喻當文采。這五十喻不是修辭的鋪陳,是把不可見的行相掛在可見的事物上——澄觀名此科為「託事表法」,託的是事,表的是法。

十類喻各說一件事

澄觀為這十類各起了一個名字,都是『某某行』——悅物覆蔭行、摧邪導迷行、高深堅密行、觀機照益行、自在統御行、包含無染行、周遍成益行、檢束修身行、調御運載行、外用遊處行。這些名字皆為澄觀所立,非經文所有,讀時作為線索用即可。

順著看幾組。師子喻一類講摧邪:「四諦為其足,正念以為頸,慈眼智慧首」,最後在「勝義空谷中,吼法怖眾魔」——師子吼要有空谷才傳得遠,所以配的是勝義空。商主喻講領路:眾生在「生死曠野,煩惱險惡處」,商主做的事只有一件——「示其正直路」。

摧邪導迷一類共十偈,師子與商主之後還有三重,須接著看。先是病與藥:「菩薩見眾生,三毒煩惱病,種種諸苦惱,長夜所煎迫」,因此「為發大悲心,廣說對治門,八萬四千種,滅除眾苦患」。先問:為什麼對治門要說到八萬四千這麼多?因為所治之病本來不齊;藥若只有一味,導迷就成了強人就我。次是法王:「菩薩為法王,正道化眾生,令遠惡修善,專求佛功德」,而後「一切諸佛所,灌頂授尊記,廣施眾聖財,菩提分珍寶」——受記與施財並舉,一是自己所受,一是分與他人,法王之為王正在此處,不在位高。末是法輪:「菩薩轉法輪,如佛之所轉」,其輪以「戒轂三昧輞,智莊慧為劍」而成,戒是轂、三昧是輞,慧則另取劍相;所摧者是「既破煩惱賊,亦殄眾魔怨」。要排的誤是把「摧邪」讀成與人爭勝:這一類所破的是煩惱賊與眾魔怨,不是持異見的人。落地:遇到自己說不動的人,先問手上是不是只有一味藥。

高深堅密一類取的是體量:智慧海「深廣無涯際」,須彌山「超出於世間」,金剛「堅固不可動」,密雲「雨八功德水」,正法城「般若以為牆,慚愧為深塹」。觀機照益一類取的是照與取:迦樓羅「搏撮天人龍,安置涅槃岸」,正法日「滅除煩惱闇」,智光月「遊於畢竟空」。這八喻要分兩類合看:智慧海、須彌山、金剛、密雲、正法城五者說的是菩薩自德之相——深不可測、高出於世、堅不可動、潤而不竭、守而不失;迦樓羅、正法日、智光月三者說的是菩薩對眾生之用——搏取而安置於涅槃岸、破煩惱之闇、遍照而不著一境。前類是體量,後類是照益;體量若無照益,只是自了;照益若無體量,不能長久。

澄觀名為「自在統御行」的一類共六偈,一連取三位世間之主為喻。先是法王:「菩薩大法王,功德莊嚴身,相好皆具足,人天悉瞻仰」,所用者「方便清淨目,智慧金剛杵」,所成者「於法得自在,以道化群生」。次是梵王:「菩薩大梵王,自在超三有,業惑悉皆斷,慈捨靡不具」,其事在「處處示現身,開悟以法音」,所拔者是「於彼三界中,拔諸邪見根」。末是自在天:「菩薩自在天,超過生死地,境界常清淨,智慧無退轉」,而後「絕彼下乘道,受諸灌頂法」。先問:為什麼要一連取三個最尊之位來配?因為所配的不是尊貴,是統御——法王統於法、梵王統於三有、自在天統於生死地,各有其所統之境,離了境就無所謂自在。要排的誤是把這三喻讀成慕位。三喻的末句所落的都不是自受用:法王落在「以道化群生」,梵王落在拔諸邪見根,自在天落在「名稱靡不聞」。落地:檢查自己的自在是不是只在無事時成立——經所取的自在,是在所統之境中仍然自在。

再往後幾類越來越貼身,須逐類看過。

先是「包含無染行」二偈:「菩薩智慧心,清淨如虛空,無性無依處,一切不可得」,接著卻說「有大自在力,能成世間事,自具清淨行,令眾生亦然」。先問:既然一切不可得,那個能成世間事的力從哪裡來?答在「如虛空」三字——虛空之所以能容萬物,正因為它自己無性無依。無所得不是什麼都不做,是不被所做的事黏住。要排的誤是把「一切不可得」讀成消極。經下一句立刻補上「能成世間事」,兩句要合看。落地:做事而覺得被事纏住時,可以回到這一偈——先看有沒有把『我在做』擺得太重。

接著是地水火風四喻:「菩薩方便地,饒益諸眾生;菩薩慈悲水,澣滌諸煩惱;菩薩智慧火,燒諸惑習薪;菩薩無住風,遊行三有空。」四大各配一行——地配方便,取能載能長;水配慈悲,取能洗;火配智慧,取能燒;風配無住,取能行而不留。先問:為什麼慈悲配水而不配火?因為所對治者不同。煩惱如垢,垢要洗;「惑習薪」是知見上積下的柴,非燒不斷。要排的誤是把四大讀成四種性格,好像有的菩薩屬水、有的屬火。經說的是四種作用,四者同時在一個人身上,方便不礙慈悲,慈悲不礙智慧。澄觀把這二偈另立一類,名為「周遍成益行」。落地:遇事時可自問這一刻該起哪一用——要載、要洗、要燒,還是要不留。

再往下是澄觀名為「檢束修身行」的一類,共六偈。這一類先要把界限看清:珍寶、金剛、瓔珞、摩尼二偈,德華、願鬘、戒香、智塗香二偈,力帳、智幢、妙行繒綵、慚愧衣服二偈——三組合起來才是澄觀的一科,不是三科。先問:為什麼這六偈要合成一類?因為所配的全是身上之物:能濟貧的寶、能摧顛倒見的金剛、「莊嚴三有身」的瓔珞、「增長一切行」的摩尼,繫在眾生首上的願鬘,堅持無缺犯的戒香,「能遮煩惱塵」的力帳,「普覆諸群生」的慚愧衣。從佩戴、塗抹到覆蓋,一路都在說「檢束修身」四字——把行修在自己身上,不是講給別人聽。要排的誤是把這些讀成炫飾。瓔珞所莊嚴的是「三有身」,衣服所覆的是「諸群生」,每一件飾物最後都轉向他人。落地:讀這一類時可逐件對照——寶、金剛、瓔珞、摩尼、華、鬘、香、帳、幢、衣,自己身上最缺的那一件,就是眼下該補的行。

最後一類澄觀名為「外用遊處行」,六偈,起於優曇華;其前另有「調御運載行」二偈,是無礙乘、大力象、神足馬、說法龍——這四樣都是載人、運人的東西,與前一類修在身上的正好相對。到「菩薩優曇華,世間難值遇」以下,轉為勇將、法輪、燈、功德河、精進橋、堅牢船、遊戲園、解脫華。先問:這一類為什麼要以優曇華起?因為優曇華取的是難值。先說值遇之難,後面那一串燈、橋、船才顯得可貴。要排的誤是把「難值遇」讀成菩薩罕有而生退心;經接著給的全是可親可用之物——燈是給人見道的,「大智與弘誓,共作堅牢船,引接諸眾生,安置菩提岸」是給人度過的,園是給人遊息的。落地:「菩薩精進橋,廣度諸群品」一句最實在——橋自己不過河,它只是讓人過得去。

落地:五十喻不必逐一背,記住它們共同的讀法——先找部件的配屬,再找全喻收在哪個作用上。

即法明行:不用譬喻,直接說行

第二大段的後半改用另一種寫法。澄觀名之為「即法明行」,意思是不再託事,直接就法說行。起頭一句就把高度定住:「菩薩等於佛,覺悟諸群生,佛心豈有他,正覺覺世間。」

先問:這句會不會說得太高?菩薩怎麼能與佛平等?

看下一句就明白它平等在哪裡——「佛心豈有他,正覺覺世間」。所平等的是覺世間這一件事,不是說位次相同。接著三偈轉為下超群品:「菩薩無量力,世間莫能壞」「雖離於名色,而現種種相」,說的是超出世間所能測度。再四偈許說誡聽,收在「如是諸功德,汝等應聽受」。

之後六十四頌別明深廣,澄觀束為十行,其中兩對最值得記住。一對是「悲不失智」與「智不失悲」——前者用工幻師、日月影水、睡夢、谷響、陽焰五喻,說菩薩雖起悲救而不失如幻之智;後者用五蘊、六處、十八界的觀法,說雖知一切空寂而不捨眾生,最切要的一句是「了達諸法空,而常求妙法,不與煩惱合,而亦不盡漏」。不盡漏三字要慢讀:不是斷不了,是為度生而不取盡漏之證。

十行之首澄觀名為「三業深廣行」,六偈,正就身、語、意三處說深廣。身:「一身能示現,無量差別身,無心無境界,普應一切眾」;語:「一音中具演,一切諸言音;眾生語言法,隨類皆能作」;意:「其心常寂滅,清淨如虛空」。先問:一身現無量身、一音演一切音,靠的是什麼?經自己給了答案——「無心無境界」。不是先起一個要現的心才現,是心與境俱寂而應自然成。中間兩偈把這一義說到受生上:「永離煩惱身,而現自在身,知法不可說,而作種種說」,「於身無所著,而能示現身;一切世間中,隨應而受生」。要排的誤是把「無所著」讀成不受生。經文正相反:無所著才受得起生——「雖生一切處,亦不住受生」。落地:三業之深廣不在做得多,在做的時候心裡有沒有一個非做不可的我。

智不失悲一類十四偈之中,有一節是逐條列所學之法,須逐項對過。先是三個「三」:「隨順三律儀,演說三解脫,建立三乘道,成就一切智」——律儀是自所隨順,解脫門是所演說,三乘道是所建立,三者由己及人,次第分明。接著列的是佛力之目:「了達處非處,諸業及諸根,界解與禪定,一切至處道」「宿命念天眼,滅除一切惑」,而經緊接一句「知佛十種力,而未能成就」。先問:既然一一了達,何以又說未能成就?因為十力是佛地之德,菩薩位中知其名相而尚未成就;同一段的「不與煩惱合,而亦不盡漏」則是不合而不盡,二句各有其限定,不可混作一義。要排的誤是把「未能成就」讀成不及格。它是分齊語,標的是位次:知之在菩薩,成就在佛地。末後收在「三聚皆清淨,三世悉明達,大慈愍眾生,一切無障礙」——先說淨、次說達,末句歸於慈,澄觀判此類「末後二句不失悲」,正指此處。落地:讀這一節時可留意那幾個「而」字——知而未成、不合而不盡,每一個「而」字都標出一處分齊。

另一對是時處與知根:「無量劫一念,一念無量劫」說時,「於一微塵中,普見一切佛」說處;而「悉知眾生根,上中下不同;亦知根轉移」說的是說法之前的功夫。

知根之後,澄觀另立一類名「寂用迅疾行」,說的是動與不動同時。「菩薩神通智,功力已自在,能於一念中,往詣無邊剎」是動;「如是速疾往,盡於無數劫,無處而不周,莫動毫端分」是不動。先問:既然無處不周,怎麼又說毫端不動?因為所往之處本非有距離可越;若真有一段路要走,快到極處也還是走。經說的是周遍本自如此,所以才說「莫動毫端分」。與此並看的還有前一偈「住佛不思議,究竟智慧心,一念悉能知,一切眾生行」——知在一念,往也在一念,寂與用是一件事的兩面。要排的誤是把「速疾」讀成快。快是與慢相待而立的,此處所說是無所待。落地:覺得自己修行慢的時候,可以拿這一偈作一次校準——問題常不在速度,在是不是把路設得太長。

別明十行之中,第二一節須單提出來。「菩薩身無邊,普現一切處,常恭敬供養,最勝兩足尊」——身既無邊而普現一切處,所做的第一件事不是說法度生,是供養佛。下面兩偈把這件事說得更明白:「香華眾妓樂,幢幡及寶蓋,恒以深淨心,供養於諸佛」「不離一佛會,普在諸佛所,於彼大眾中,問難聽受法」。先問:已經身無邊、普現一切處的菩薩,何須還在佛會裡問難聽法?要排的正是這個誤——以為行到某個地步就可以離師自立。經給的答案是「不離一佛會,普在諸佛所」:不離開此一會,同時遍在一切佛所;聽法一事,是行到無邊之後仍不放下的。落地:不論讀到第幾部經,聽法的位子不要退掉。

二嚴無礙之後三偈,澄觀名為「逆順成滿行」。首偈先立總相:「示現種種色,亦現心及語,入諸想網中,而恒無所著」——所現遍及身語意,入眾生之想網而恒無所著,是下二偈一切所現的底。次偈舉兩端:「或現初發心,利益於世間;或現久修行,廣大無邊際」——初發心與久修行同是所現。末偈列所行之法:「施戒忍精進,禪定及智慧,四梵四攝等,一切最勝法」。先問:既然久修,何必還現初發心之相?因為所現是就機而現,不是就自己的位次而現;於初學之前現初學,正是接引之處。澄觀以「逆順」二字名此類,經文所現既有初發心、又有久修行,前後不循一線,此科名唯繫澄觀。要排的誤是把「或現」讀成偽裝。現是應機而有,不是隱瞞實德;下一類所現更廣,而所依之行未嘗有二。落地:與人同行時不必急著顯示自己走到哪裡;能與對方站在同一處,才談得上一起走。

澄觀自「或現行成滿」起別為一類,名「普門示現行」,共十偈,是全頌中列相最密的一段。所現者遍及位次、三乘、天人、僧俗、老少:「或現行成滿,得忍無分別;或現一生繫,諸佛與灌頂」,「或現聲聞相,或復現緣覺」,「或現為帝釋,或現為梵王」,「或現為比丘,寂靜調其心」,「或現巧術女,或現修苦行」,「或現初始生,或少或老死」,以至「或入或住胎,成佛轉法輪」「或坐菩提樹,自然成正覺」。先問:現得這樣雜,還算不算菩薩行?經自己在其中放了界限。現聲聞緣覺而「處處般涅槃,不捨菩提行」——涅槃之相可現,菩提行不捨;現受五欲而同偈即以「或現入諸禪」對舉;現成佛轉法輪而仍在「或修不退道,積集菩提具」之列。所現可以極廣,所不捨者只有一件。要排的誤是把這一段讀成神變的目錄。經自己下了一句判語:「若有思議者,心疑發狂亂」——這不是要人去揣想,是要人知道所現之外另有一個不動的行。落地:看人所現之相難以判斷時,看他捨不捨——捨了菩提行的相,再莊嚴也不是這裡所說的普門。

第二大段的末尾,經自己下了一個結:「由入此法門,得成如是行,我說其少分,功德莊嚴義。」緊接一偈:「窮於無數劫,說彼行無盡,我今說少分,如大地一塵。」把它與第一段八偈的「如海一滴」對照著看——首尾兩處都說「少分」,中間隔著百三十一頌半。先問:說了這麼多,為什麼還說是少分?因為說之量與行之量不同尺度:說有窮,行無盡;一滴、一塵取的都是這個意思。要排的誤是把「少分」當成謙辭。它是分齊語,標的是這一段文字的邊界在哪裡——不是說得不好,是說不完。落地:讀完這一大段,該記住的不是自己讀了多少,是經自己承認還沒說完。

落地:這一段是全頌最像修行說明書的部分。若只挑一句帶走,可取「一念得菩提,成就一切智」之前那半句——「雜染清淨行,種種悉了知」。先了知,才談得上轉。

第三段頌:回過頭來重頌長行

第三大段七十六偈的性質與前兩段不同。澄觀指出前二段「並是伽陀」,第三段「方是祇夜」——伽陀是孤起之頌,祇夜是重頌長行。也就是說,前面兩段講的是長行沒細說的,這一段是把前面說過的再頌一遍。

其中前三十九偈頌前面的說分。澄觀承古德之科,以前面說分為六位而各配偈數。此六位之名並非經文所立,是古來諸德依別行本之文所科而澄觀承之——讀頌時心裡知道有這條線索即可,不必把位名讀進經句裡。

起頭一偈很像一個總綱:「依於佛智住,起於奇特想,修行最勝行,具足大慈悲。」四句四事——所依、所起之想、所修之行、所具之心。接下來一路頌去,「發於普賢心,及修其行願」是一節之始,「如寶安住法,被甲誓願心」又是一節之始,各節都以一個關鍵詞領起。

到了「諸身及身業,語及淨修語」以下,頌的是身語意諸門;再到「道場師子坐,梵臥空為住」,用的是坐臥之相說安住。末後一節從「遍觀眾生行」起,把六度逐一頌過——「離貪行淨施,捨慢持淨戒,不瞋常忍辱,不懈恒精進」,前四度各配一個所離之障(貪、慢、瞋、懈),後二度則作「得自在」「無所行」——這種配法比單說六度名目要實用得多。

最後三十七偈:把功德說成可以動用的東西

第三大段的後三十七偈頌前面的結勸修學分。起頭先自謙一句:「彼諸菩薩行,無量劫修習,廣大無有邊,我今說少分。」——澄觀標這三十七偈為『雖令』下起,而依他自列的偈數推算,須自『彼諸菩薩行』起方足三十七偈,二說並錄不判。隨即補上一句要緊的:「雖令無量眾,安住佛功德;眾生及法中,畢竟無所取。」——做了那麼多而不取,這是整段的定盤星。

接著是一連串神變之相:「毛端置眾剎,經於億千劫」「復以一毛孔,普納一切海,大海無增減,眾生不嬈害」。這裡要排一個大誤:不要把它讀成法術表演。掌持還置與納海兩段末尾各有一句約束——眾生不知覺、大海無增減、眾生不嬈害;置剎一段收在「真實悉令見」,化塵一段收在塵可知而菩薩智難量,放光、演音二段則收在所化之益上。神變之所以是行德而不是神通秀,正在於它不驚擾所化之境。

三世一節同樣:「過去一切劫,安置未來今;未來現在劫,迴置過去世」,說的是時劫可以互置。後八頌半改用託事:以轉輪王的七寶配菩薩之行——「波羅蜜為輪,諸通以為象,神足以為馬,智慧為明珠。妙行為采女,四攝主藏臣,方便為主兵」,再以城郭宮殿、平地河水、澄池覺華一路配下去。澄觀於此科說「或前來所無、或事同義異,並可意得」,也就是這些配屬與前文有重複、有新出,不必強求整齊。

總結兩偈用了一組極端的比較:剎微塵可數、虛空可量、眾生心念可數,「佛子諸功德,說之不可盡」。前三件事已經不可能,用不可能來襯托更不可能,這是本經常用的說法。

末後兩偈是全品的結,也是全品最後一句話:「欲具此功德,及諸上妙法,欲使諸眾生,離苦常安樂,欲令身語意,悉與諸佛等,應發金剛心,學此功德行。」三個「欲」字排完,只給一個動作——發金剛心。金剛取的是不可壞:澄觀所謂的兩千行說完,交到讀者手上的不是一張清單,是一個不會中途散掉的發心。

承衍

  • 分科三家並存:澄觀判本品為十分,此段當第七結勸修學分、第八現瑞分、第九證成分、第十偈頌分;法藏《探玄記》則判全會為八分,作結勸分、表證分、偈頌分三分,把現瑞併入表證之前而不另立;李通玄《新華嚴經論》另以五門總科,其「隨文釋義」長科十段,末四段付囑流通、法威動地、頌廣大無比、五言頌譬喻正當本單元。三家科目體系各異,誌錄不判。
  • 品名之釋:法藏立四義釋「離世間」——約妄執、約緣起、約行、約位;其中約行一義云「常在世而非世攝,故云離也」,約位一義則自人天二乘一路推到佛果。李通玄則以二義通釋:望說法之主是利益世間,望聞法眾生是處世無染。兩家皆不作『離開世間』解。誌錄不判。
  • 偈中異文:《演義鈔》於本段唯出一條,繫在迦樓羅一類喻之第五偈,指出八十本作「菩薩智光月」而所引論經作「菩薩清涼月……心法無不現」。兩本文異,並錄不判。
  • 別行本增段:別行《度世品經》於偈頌之後,另有普智菩薩問『何謂此經名度世品』而佛自答釋名的一段,以五陰六衰之覆蓋釋「閉在世間」,以權慧不住生死不住滅度釋「度」。八十本、六十本皆止於偈頌末句,無此對應段落。並錄不判。
  • 華嚴宗論之引證:法藏《華嚴經旨歸》引本段「過去一切劫」一偈為十世法門之教證;《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》以本品與第九地並舉為十心無盡之教證;《華嚴一乘十玄門》以本品為十佛義之教證。三處皆屬綱格性引用,非逐句注釋。
  • 承衍論之檢:成唯識、攝論、瑜伽、解深密四論,以本段之名相機械檢索,唯瑜伽論一處「甚深出離世間」非品名之字面命中,餘皆無命中;零命中不構成彼論無涉之證,據實標闕。

Why There Must Be a ‘Conclusion’ at All

The six segments before this have been answered through to the end — Chengguan says these six segments are “one question answered with ten, so as to display inexhaustibility,” and so they are reckoned the two thousand surpassing practices of Samantabhadra, what later readers call ‘the two thousand practices’ — everything has been said; why then add one more segment?

Because expounding the Dharma has a difficulty in it: the wider it is spoken, the less the hearer can take hold of. And so Samantabhadra does one thing first here: he gives this whole great mass of practice a name. “Son of the Buddha! This Dharma gate is named: the vast and pure practice of a bodhisattva.” Once the name is set up, the answering text scattered through the six segments before — what Chengguan calls ‘the two thousand practices’ — has a handle by which it can be remembered, named, and handed on.

After the naming the sense is at once raised: this Dharma gate is what “measureless buddhas expound in common,” and its working is that it “is able to make those who have wisdom understand measureless meanings and all give rise to gladness, and make the great vows and great practices of all bodhisattvas continue on unbroken.” These three clauses are to be read apart. Expounded in common says that it is not the view of one person at one time; giving rise to gladness says that to one who already has wisdom it can be understood and received; the great vows and great practices continuing unbroken is its true working — not that a hearer should be moved for a while, but that the vow and the practice already set going should not be cut off.

One misreading is to be set aside first. Hearing the five graphs ‘vast and pure practice’, one easily takes it for some especially high grade of practice-gate, as though one must finish all the stages before to have any share in it. The scripture’s own way of speaking is not that: this name is given, looking back, to the whole of the six segments before, and is not one more kind of practice added on. Chengguan distinguishes clearly here: the earlier general name, the pure practice, is spoken in terms of the substance of the practice expressed; the first of the ten names, the place of meritorious practice, is what “the first is in terms of what expresses” refers to; and the remaining nine names are set up in terms of the functions expressed.

Coming down to the reader: when one has finished reading a long scripture, the first thing most needing to be done is to give what one has read a name one can remember. A Dharma whose name is not remembered leaves, after a few days, nothing but a trace of feeling.

Hearing, Believing and Understanding, Practising — No Step Between Them May Be Skipped

The second passage begins the exhortation to faith: “Son of the Buddha! If there are beings who get to hear this Dharma, and having heard it believe and understand, and having understood it practise, they will assuredly accomplish very quickly anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.”

Ask first: why are ‘hearing, believing and understanding, practising’ split into three steps? Would it not be quicker to say them together as ‘believe in the Buddha and become a buddha’?

Because each of the three steps has its own place of falling away. To hear and not believe and understand is merely to have heard; to believe and understand and not practise is merely to have grasped the principle. The text strings them into a chain that cannot be skipped by the two graphs “having heard” and “having understood” — the former step completed, the latter has somewhere to land. And for the assurance given at the end, the scripture states its own reason: “And why? Because it is by practising as it is spoken.” Not because this Dharma is special, but because the person actually did as it says.

The misreading to be set aside here is to read “very quickly” as a shortcut. The cause of the “quickly” lies in the latter half of the clause, not the former; without the cause that is “practising as it is spoken,” the hearing and the understanding before it produce no “quickly” at all.

The use of it on the ground is simple: having read a passage of Dharma, ask yourself which step you have walked to. Most people are stuck between the second step and the third, and that step is the only one they can take themselves.

Said Once More the Other Way About: The One Who Does Not Do as It Says

The scripture goes on to say the same thing once more the other way about: “Son of the Buddha! If there are bodhisattvas who do not practise as it is spoken, one should know that such a person is forever cut off from the awakening of the Buddha; therefore a bodhisattva should practise as it is spoken.”

Ask first: is this not too heavy? It is merely a failing to do it — how is one at once “forever parted”?

Look at the subject. The subject of this clause is “bodhisattvas,” not one who has just heard the Dharma; to have received the Dharma and not practise, and not to have heard it yet and not practise, are two different matters. Then look at what the two graphs “forever parted” are set against — “the awakening of the Buddha.” It does not say that this person falls; it says that by an understanding that does not practise, that road toward the awakening of the Buddha cannot be walked to its end, and cannot be however long one waits — and therefore it says forever.

Setting the positive and the negative telling side by side is the manner of this segment: on the positive side, practising as it is spoken and quickly accomplishing; on the negative side, not practising as it is spoken and being forever parted. The same principle is said twice, and the purpose is to block off that third road which seems to lie between — understanding only, without practice, and yet arriving. The scripture’s position is: there is no such road.

The coming down to the ground lies in a everyday judgement: when you read a passage of Dharma and there rises in you the satisfaction of ‘I have grasped this principle’, that is exactly the place this clause of scripture warns against.

Ten Names: Why a Scripture Should Take So Many Names

The fourth passage sets out ten names: “this place of the practice of the merit of all bodhisattvas, the flower of settled meaning, the universal entering into all dharmas, the universal bringing forth of all-knowing wisdom, the transcending of the worlds, the leaving behind of the path of the two vehicles, what is not shared in common with any of the beings, what is able to illumine and understand all Dharma gates entire, the increasing of the roots of goodness of beings that go beyond the world, the chapter of the Dharma gate of detachment from the world.”

Ask first: the name ‘the vast and pure practice of a bodhisattva’ has already been given above — why then ten more?

Because one name can illumine one face only. Chengguan glosses this thus: the first name is set up in terms of what expresses — “because practice is born in dependence upon this, it is named a place”; while the other nine are set up in terms of the function of what is expressed. Following his reading straight through: the second name says that this practice assuredly can bring about the fruit; the third and the fourth speak of what is realized and of what realizes; the fifth says that having wisdom it is surpassing; the sixth that compassion raises the myriad practices; the seventh that each and every one is perfectly fused; the eighth that the rule and standard are complete; the ninth that principle itself extends into fact; the tenth that fact itself is the real. Ten names are not ten things; they are ten faces of one Dharma gate.

One misreading is to be set aside here: do not read “the leaving behind of the path of the two vehicles” and “what is not shared in common with any of the beings” as a disparaging of others. These two names, standing in the list of ten, speak of the measure of this Dharma gate — the practice it sets up is not shared with the two vehicles, nor is it something the common dharmas of the world can gather in. It is said of the scale of the Dharma, not of the high and low standing of persons.

Coming down to the ground: hereafter, when you meet a scripture bearing many alternate names, do not hurry to remember the number; ask first which face each name illumines.

The Six ‘Should’ Clauses: The Sequence of the Exhortation to Learn

After the ten names the scripture gives six actions: “it should be honored, it should be listened to and received, it should be recited and upheld, it should be pondered, it should be gladly wished for, it should be practised,” and closes with one clause: “and if one is able to do so, one should know that such a person will very quickly gain anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.”

Ask first: are these six set out at random?

Look at their order and you will know they are not. Honoring stands foremost — without a reverent mind, the five that follow cannot be got into at all; listening and receiving is entering by the ear, reciting and upholding entering by the mouth, pondering entering by the mind, gladly wishing for it is that the mind has raised the desire to have it, and only practising is the body beginning to move. The six actions make just such a road, from outside inward and then from inside outward again. The first three are the work of receiving and upholding, the fourth and fifth the work of digesting, the sixth the making good.

The misreading to be set aside is to take reciting and upholding for the end of the road. To recite it very fluently and not ponder it is to leave the Dharma on the lips; to ponder and not gladly wish for it is to leave the Dharma in the head as knowledge. Gladly wishing for it is the link most easily skipped, and it is exactly the pivot between pondering and practising.

Coming down to the ground: take these six as a checklist for yourself, and having read a scripture through, go down them one by one, and you will know where you have stopped.

Why the Great Earth Must Quake

The prose having been spoken to its end, the compilers of the scripture set down one event: “When this chapter was spoken, because of the spiritual power of the Buddha, and also because the very nature of this Dharma gate is just so, the measureless, boundless asaṃkhyeya worlds of the ten directions all quaked greatly, and a great light shone everywhere.”

Ask first: for whom are the quaking and the light made to appear?

The text gives two reasons, and gives them side by side. The former is “because of the spiritual power of the Buddha,” the latter “because the very nature of this Dharma gate is just so” — the Dharma is of itself thus, and therefore it moves, therefore it shines. The second reason is the vital one: the auspicious sign is not an ornament added on, nor a spiritual transformation specially arranged so as to win men’s trust; it is the natural response of the Dharma realm at the moment this Dharma gate is spoken.

One misreading is to be set aside here: do not read the appearing of the auspicious signs as a reward or a seal, as though it were well spoken and therefore a mark was given. The scripture’s own way of speaking is “because it is a dharma that is just so” — the Dharma being thus, what appears is thus, and there is no step of appraisal in between. Chengguan writes under this portion only the two graphs “it may be known,” and sets up no finer outline, precisely because the sense of this passage is plain of itself.

Coming down to the ground: when you meet a passage of auspicious signs in reading a scripture, look first for the clause of reason the text itself gives. If the reason lies in the Dharma, there is no need to read it as a marvel.

The Buddhas of the Ten Directions Praise the Dharma First and the Person After

The portion of the confirming has two sections, and their order may not be reversed. In the former section the buddhas of the ten directions “all appeared in bodily form before the bodhisattva Samantabhadra” and praised him, saying: “It is good, it is good! Son of the Buddha! You have actually been able to expound this place of the practice of the merit of the bodhisattva-mahāsattvas, the flower of settled meaning, the universal entering into all the Buddha’s dharmas, the chapter of the Dharma gate that goes beyond the world.”

Ask first: who is it that the buddhas praise?

Read the object of the words of praise and you will know — what is praised is “this … chapter of the Dharma gate,” the Dharma, and not the person. Chengguan judges this to be “the confirming that praises the Dharma.” The order is worth noticing: first it is proved that the Dharma spoken is true, and only then does it come round to the one who spoke it. Were it the other way about, praising the person first and coming to the Dharma after, then the Dharma’s trustworthiness would hang upon the person; as it is, the Dharma being praised first, the praise of the person has something to rest on.

The misreading to be set aside here is to read “it is good, it is good” as a courtesy. In this place it is a proof — the buddhas of the ten directions appear in bodily form at one and the same time to bear witness, and what they bear witness to is that this Dharma gate is indeed as it was spoken.

Coming down to the ground: to judge whether a passage of Dharma may be trusted, look first at whether it stands on its own, and after that at who spoke it. Reverse the order and it becomes taking the Dharma by the measure of the person.

Praising the Person and Vowing Together to Guard and Uphold

The latter section turns to the person: “Son of the Buddha! You have already learned this Dharma well, and expounded this Dharma well. You guard and uphold this Dharma by the power of your majesty, and we buddhas all rejoice with you entirely,” and it presses the rejoicing outward — “and just as we buddhas rejoice with you, so all the buddhas are likewise entirely.” Chengguan judges this to be “the confirming that praises the person.”

Ask first: what in Samantabhadra is being praised?

Three things: learning well, expounding well, and guarding and upholding by the power of his majesty. The sequence is still learning first, expounding after, and guarding and upholding last of all. This too is a reminder — one who is able to guard and uphold a Dharma is one who has first learned it and can state it clearly, not merely one who is zealous.

The last clause weighs most: “Son of the Buddha! We buddhas all with one and the same mind guard and uphold this scripture, so that among the multitudes of bodhisattvas present now and to come, those who have never yet heard it may all get to hear it.” This is the close of the whole prose portion, and what it settles is how this Dharma gate is to be handed on hereafter. The four graphs “all with one and the same mind” say that the guardians are not one buddha; the four graphs “now and to come” say that what is guarded is not bounded by the present sitting; “those who have never yet heard it may all get to hear it” says that the aim of the guarding is not the keeping of a text but the reaching of those who have not yet heard.

Coming down to the ground: the most substantial way to guard and uphold a Dharma is to let those who have not heard it hear it — this is the definition the scripture gives of itself.

The First Eight Verses: Stating Plainly First ‘What I Shall Speak Of, and How Much’

The prose being finished, Samantabhadra, “receiving the spiritual power of the Buddha, contemplated all the great assemblies of the ten directions and on to the whole Dharma realm, and spoke these verses.” Chengguan judges the verses to have two hundred and fifteen and a half in all, divided into three segments: first eight verses in seven graphs praising the depth and breadth of the virtue, next a hundred and thirty-one and a half generally setting out the virtue of practice, and last seventy-six versifying the prose before — the sections below follow this threefold division in speaking, and this dividing is fastened to Chengguan alone.

The work of the first segment of eight verses is to state plainly first ‘what is to be spoken of’. The opening four verses are all of one pattern: first is said who it is that is praised, and only the last clause says that I shall speak of him. “Through measureless kalpas he cultivates austerities, and out of the right Dharma of measureless buddhas he is born; he causes measureless beings to abide in awakening — that practice beyond compare, hear me speak of it” — three clauses write the cause and one clause makes the promise to speak. In the second verse, “he makes offerings to measureless buddhas and casts off attachment, delivers beings widely and raises no thought” — making offerings to the buddhas without clinging, delivering beings without a notion of beings — this is to take the practice answered in the six segments before, what Chengguan calls ‘the two thousand practices’, and speak it once over with the bones drawn out.

Then two verses turn to the enjoining to listen: “giving, keeping the precepts, patience, exertion, concentration, wisdom, skillful means and loving-kindness, compassion, joy, equanimity and the rest; through a hundred thousand myriad kalpas he practises them constantly — the merit of that person, sirs, you should listen to it.” The six perfections and the four immeasurables stand side by side, the time is set at a hundred thousand myriad kalpas, and only then is “you should listen” said. The enjoining to listen is no courtesy; it is the settling of the hearer’s mind beforehand upon a scale long enough.

The last verse states the measure: “to take measureless koṭis of kalpas to set forth his virtue would still be like one drop of the ocean — and that is not to be reckoned little; his merit is beyond compare and beyond likening, and now by the majestic spiritual power of the Buddha I speak in brief.” To speak of it with measureless koṭis of kalpas is still but one drop of the great ocean — but that one drop is not to be reckoned little. The misreading to be set aside in this clause is to read “in brief” as a perfunctory telling: the brevity is brief in relation to the inexhaustible, not a speaking at random.

How the Fifty Similes Are to Be Read

The second great segment does not enter upon similes at once; two verses set out the general mark first. “His mind is neither high nor low, and he seeks the Way without weariness; he causes all beings universally to abide in the good and to increase pure dharmas” — first the mind that does the practising: neither high nor low, which is to make no picking and choosing among those to be taught; without weariness, which is not to fall back over a long time. Only then does the simile come: “his wisdom benefits universally, like a tree, like a river or a spring, and like the great earth as well, the place upon which all things depend” — the tree taken for its shade, the river and spring for their not running dry, the great earth for its being depended upon. Chengguan judges these two verses to be “a summary setting out of Dharma and simile,” the Dharma in the former verse and the simile in the latter. Ask first: why should the clause “the place upon which all things depend” be set out at the head? Because whatever thing the fifty similes that follow may take hold of, the point at which each lands is this one matter of benefiting beings; with this clause set up first, what follows does not scatter. The misreading to be set aside is to pass over these two verses as mere words of opening — they are the general cap upon the whole section of similes, not a preface. Coming down to the ground: keep these two verses in mind before reading the similes, and the fifty have a single thread running through them.

The second great segment is the longest, and within it the section called “entrusting to things so as to make the Dharma manifest” uses fifty similes. Chengguan says of this passage, “there are fifty similes in all, hard to divide; now, letting like follow like, I divide them provisionally into ten” — he himself allows that they are hard to divide, and takes like with like in a provisional tenfold division. So the reader need not take the ten classes for a fixed frame; what matters is to see how the similes themselves work.

Look first at the two similes at the head. The lotus simile takes a flower apart and matches its pieces: “loving-kindness is its root, peace and ease its stalk, wisdom the many stamens, the code of the precepts its fragrance and cleanness” — root, stalk, stamens, and fragrance each have their match, and at the end one clause is added, “it is not stained by the water of the conditioned,” and this is where the force of the lotus simile truly lies. The Dharma-tree simile takes things apart in the same way: “it grows upon the ground of an upright mind, faith is the seed, loving-kindness and compassion the roots, wisdom its trunk, skillful means the branches, the five perfections its thick foliage, concentration the leaves, the spiritual penetrations the blossom, and all-knowing wisdom its fruit” — matched all the way from the ground to the fruit, and the half-verse at the end, “the most surpassing power is the vine that twines upon it, and the shade hanging down covers the three realms,” closes it upon the casting of shade.

This manner of writing has a rule common to it all: every part of the simile must have its match, and the whole simile closes upon a single working. If in reading one remembers only “the bodhisattva is like a lotus” and lets slip “not stained by the water of the conditioned,” it is to have taken a comparison and dropped the thing it was to say.

The misreading to be set aside is to take the similes for literary ornament. These fifty similes are no spreading out of rhetoric; they hang the invisible marks of practice upon visible things — Chengguan names this section “entrusting to things so as to make the Dharma manifest”: what is entrusted is the thing, and what is made manifest is the Dharma.

The Ten Classes of Simile Each Say One Thing

Chengguan gives each of these ten classes a name, and all of them are ‘such-and-such a practice’ — the practice that gladdens beings and casts its shade, the practice that crushes the wrong and leads the lost, the practice high and deep and firm and close, the practice that observes capacities and illumines and benefits, the practice sovereign and governing, the practice that contains and is undefiled, the practice that pervades and brings benefit to completion, the practice that holds in check and cultivates the person, the practice that tames and carries, the practice of outward function and of roaming and dwelling. These names are all set up by Chengguan and are not in the text of the scripture; in reading, it is enough to use them as clues.

Follow a few groups through. The lion class speaks of crushing the wrong: “the four truths are his feet, right mindfulness his neck, loving-kindness his eye and wisdom his head,” and it ends “within the empty valley of the surpassing meaning he roars the Dharma and makes the māras afraid” — a lion’s roar needs an empty valley to carry far, and so what is matched to it is the emptiness of the surpassing meaning. The caravan-leader simile speaks of leading the way: beings are in “the wilderness of birth-and-death, the perilous and evil places of the afflictions,” and the caravan leader does one thing only — “he shows them the straight and upright road.”

The class that crushes the wrong and leads the lost has ten verses in all, and after the lion and the caravan leader three more layers follow, which must be read on. First the sickness and its medicine: “the bodhisattva sees beings sick with the afflictions of the three poisons, with sufferings and troubles of every kind, seared and pressed by them the long night through,” and therefore “he raises the mind of great compassion and expounds at large the gates that remedy them, eighty-four thousand kinds, to extinguish the multitude of sufferings and ills.” Ask first: why must the gates of remedy run to eighty-four thousand? Because the sicknesses to be treated are not of one sort; if there were but one medicine, leading the lost would become forcing others to fit oneself. Next the Dharma king: “the bodhisattva is a Dharma king who teaches beings by the right path, causing them to go far from evil and cultivate the good, and to seek the merit of buddhahood single-mindedly,” and then “in the presence of all buddhas he is anointed on the crown and given the honored prediction, and he bestows widely the wealth of the sages, the precious jewels that are the limbs of awakening” — the receiving of the prediction and the bestowing of wealth stand side by side, the one what he himself receives, the other what he shares out to others; and it is just here that the Dharma king is a king, not in the height of his station. Last the Dharma wheel: “the bodhisattva turns the Dharma wheel as the Buddha turns it,” and his wheel is made with “the precepts for its hub and samādhi for its rim, wisdom adorning it and discernment made a sword” — the precepts the hub, samādhi the rim, while discernment is taken under another figure, that of a sword; and what it crushes is that “he breaks the bandits of the afflictions and destroys the enmity of the māras too.” The misreading to be set aside is to read “crushing the wrong” as contending for the upper hand with people: what this class breaks is the bandits of the afflictions and the enmity of the māras, not those who hold different views. Coming down to the ground: when you meet someone you cannot move, ask first whether you have only the one medicine in hand.

The class that is high and deep and firm and close takes hold of scale: the ocean of wisdom is “deep and broad and without shore or limit,” Mount Sumeru “rises up beyond the world,” vajra is “firm and not to be moved,” the thick cloud “rains down water of the eight virtues,” the city of the right Dharma has “prajñā for its rampart, and shame and conscience for its deep moat.” The class that observes capacities and illumines and benefits takes hold of illumining and of seizing: garuḍa “seizes gods, men, and nāgas, and sets them upon the shore of nirvāṇa,” the sun of the right Dharma “extinguishes the darkness of the afflictions,” the moon of the light of wisdom “roams within ultimate emptiness.” The eight similes are to be read as two classes together: the ocean of wisdom, Mount Sumeru, vajra, the thick cloud, and the city of the right Dharma speak of the marks of the bodhisattva's own virtue — deep beyond fathoming, high above the world, firm beyond moving, moistening without running dry, guarding without loss; garuḍa, the sun of the right Dharma, and the moon of the light of wisdom speak of the bodhisattva's use toward beings — seizing and setting them on the shore of nirvāṇa, breaking the darkness of the afflictions, illumining everywhere without attaching to any one realm. The former class is scale, the latter is illumining and benefiting; scale without benefiting is mere self-release, and benefiting without scale cannot last.

The class Chengguan names “the practice sovereign and governing” has six verses, and it takes in succession three lords of the world for its similes. First the Dharma king: “the bodhisattva is a great Dharma king, his body adorned with merit, the marks and the excellences all complete in him, and gods and men all look up to him,” what he uses being “the pure eye of skillful means and the vajra club of wisdom,” and what he accomplishes being that “in the Dharma he gains mastery, and by the Way he teaches the multitude of beings.” Next the Brahmā king: “the bodhisattva is a great Brahmā king, sovereign and risen beyond the three kinds of existence, with karma and delusion all of them cut off, and loving-kindness and equanimity all of them complete,” his business being that “in place after place he displays a body, and awakens beings with the sound of the Dharma,” and what he pulls up being that “there within the three realms he pulls up the roots of wrong views.” Last the Sovereign God: “the bodhisattva is a Sovereign God, risen past the ground of birth-and-death, his objects constantly pure and his wisdom without turning back,” and thereafter “he cuts off that path of the lower vehicle and receives the dharmas of anointing.” Ask first: why should three of the most honored stations be matched in succession? Because what is matched is not the honor but the governing — the Dharma king governs in the Dharma, the Brahmā king in the three kinds of existence, the Sovereign God upon the ground of birth-and-death; each has his own domain of governing, and apart from a domain there is no such thing as mastery. The misreading to be set aside is to read the three similes as an admiring of station. The closing clause of each of the three lands upon something other than his own enjoyment: the Dharma king upon “by the Way he teaches the multitude of beings,” the Brahmā king upon the pulling up of the roots of wrong views, the Sovereign God upon “his name and repute are heard everywhere.” Coming down to the ground: examine whether your own mastery holds only when nothing is happening — the mastery the scripture takes hold of is a mastery still had within the domain one governs.

The classes that follow come closer and closer to the body, and must be looked at class by class.

First are the two verses of “the practice that contains and is undefiled”: “the bodhisattva’s mind of wisdom is as pure as empty space, without nature of its own, without a place to depend upon, and all of it not to be got at” — and yet it goes straight on, “it has the power of great mastery, and is able to accomplish the affairs of the world; he is himself furnished with pure practice, and causes beings to be likewise.” Ask first: if all of it is not to be got at, where does the power that accomplishes the affairs of the world come from? The answer lies in the three graphs “like empty space” — empty space can hold the myriad things precisely because it is itself without nature and without dependence. Nothing to be got at is not doing nothing; it is not being stuck to what is done. The misreading to be set aside is to read “all of it not to be got at” as a passivity. The scripture at once adds “able to accomplish the affairs of the world,” and the two clauses are to be read together. Coming down to the ground: when you are doing something and feel yourself entangled by it, you may come back to this verse — look first whether ‘I am doing it’ has been set too heavily.

Next are the four similes of earth, water, fire, and wind: “the bodhisattva is the earth of skillful means, benefiting beings; the bodhisattva is the water of loving-kindness and compassion, washing clean the afflictions; the bodhisattva is the fire of wisdom, burning that fuel which is delusion and habit-energy; the bodhisattva is the wind that abides nowhere, roaming within the void of the three kinds of existence.” Each of the four great elements is matched with one practice — earth with skillful means, for its bearing and its nourishing; water with loving-kindness and compassion, for its washing; fire with wisdom, for its burning; wind with abiding nowhere, for its moving and not staying. Ask first: why is compassion matched to water and not to fire? Because what is to be remedied differs. The afflictions are like grime, and grime is to be washed; “the fuel of delusion and habit-energy” is the firewood piled up in one’s views, and cannot be cut off but by burning. The misreading to be set aside is to read the four elements as four temperaments, as though some bodhisattvas belonged to water and some to fire. What the scripture speaks of is four workings, and all four are in one person at one time: skillful means does not hinder loving-kindness and compassion, and loving-kindness and compassion do not hinder wisdom. Chengguan sets these two verses apart as a class of their own and names it “the practice that pervades and brings benefit to completion.” Coming down to the ground: meeting a matter, one may ask oneself which working should be raised at this moment — to bear, to wash, to burn, or not to stay.

Below these comes the class Chengguan names “the practice that holds in check and cultivates the person,” six verses in all. The boundary of this class must first be seen clearly: the two verses of the jewel, vajra, the necklace, and the maṇi, the two verses of the flower of virtue, the garland of vow, the incense of the precepts, and the anointing incense of wisdom, and the two verses of the curtain of power, the banner of wisdom, the figured silk of subtle practice, and the clothing of shame and conscience — the three groups together are one section of Chengguan’s, not three sections. Ask first: why must these six verses be gathered into one class? Because everything matched here is a thing worn upon the body: the jewel that relieves poverty, the vajra that crushes the views upside down, the necklace that “adorns the body of the three kinds of existence,” the maṇi that “increases all practices,” the garland of vow bound upon the heads of beings, the incense of the precepts upheld without breach or lack, the curtain of power that “screens off the dust of the afflictions,” the clothing of shame that “covers all beings universally.” From wearing and anointing to covering, the whole way through it is speaking the four graphs “holding in check and cultivating the person” — practice cultivated upon oneself, not talked about for others. The misreading to be set aside is to read these as a show of finery. What the necklace adorns is “the body of the three kinds of existence,” and what the clothing covers is “all beings”; every ornament turns at the last toward others. Coming down to the ground: in reading this class one may go down them piece by piece — jewel, vajra, necklace, maṇi, flower, garland, incense, curtain, banner, clothing — and the piece one most lacks is the practice to be made up now.

The last class Chengguan names “the practice of outward function and of roaming and dwelling,” six verses beginning from the uḍumbara flower; and before it stand the two verses of “the practice that tames and carries,” which are the unobstructed vehicle, the elephant of great strength, the horse with the bases of spiritual power, and the Dharma-expounding nāga — these four are all things that carry and convey people, standing exactly opposite the former class cultivated upon the body. From “the bodhisattva is an uḍumbara flower, hard for the world to meet with” onward it turns to the courageous general, the wheel of the Dharma, the lamp, the river of merit, the bridge of exertion, the sturdy ship, the garden of play, and the flower of liberation. Ask first: why should this class begin from the uḍumbara flower? Because what the uḍumbara takes hold of is the being hard to meet. The difficulty of meeting is spoken first, and then the string of lamp, bridge, and ship that follows shows how precious they are. The misreading to be set aside is to read “hard to meet with” as meaning that bodhisattvas are rare, and so to fall back in one’s mind; what the scripture gives next is wholly things near at hand and fit for use — the lamp is for men to see the road by, “great wisdom and the vast vow together make a firm and sturdy ship, drawing beings across and setting them upon the further shore of awakening” is for men to cross by, and the garden is for men to roam and rest in. Coming down to the ground: “the bodhisattva is a bridge of exertion, delivering all beings widely” is the most substantial clause of all — the bridge does not itself cross the river; it only lets others get across.

Coming down to the ground: the fifty similes need not be memorized one by one; remember the way of reading common to them all — find first what each part is matched to, and then find upon which working the whole simile closes.

Making Practice Clear by the Dharma Itself: No Similes, Practice Spoken of Directly

The latter half of the second great segment changes to another manner of writing. Chengguan names it “making practice clear by the Dharma itself,” meaning that it no longer entrusts to things but speaks of practice by the Dharma directly. The very first clause fixes the height: “the bodhisattva is equal with the Buddha, awakening beings; what else could the mind of a buddha be — right awakening is the awakening of the world.”

Ask first: is this not said too high? How can a bodhisattva be equal with a buddha?

Look at the next clause and it is clear in what he is equal — “what else could the mind of a buddha be; right awakening is the awakening of the world.” What is equal is this one matter of awakening the world; it is not said that their stations are the same. Then three verses turn to the surpassing of the multitude of kinds below: “the bodhisattva has measureless power, which none in the world can destroy,” “though he has left behind name and form, he displays every kind of mark” — what is spoken of is a rising beyond what the world can fathom. Then four verses promise to speak and enjoin listening, closing upon “merits of this kind, you should listen to and receive.”

After this, sixty-four verses set out the depth and breadth in particular, which Chengguan gathers into ten practices, of which two pairs are most worth remembering. One pair is “compassion not losing wisdom” and “wisdom not losing compassion” — the former uses the five similes of the skilled conjuror, the shadow of sun and moon in water, the dream in sleep, the valley’s echo, and the shimmering mirage, saying that though the bodhisattva raises compassion and rescues, he does not lose the wisdom that sees the illusion; the latter uses the contemplation of the five aggregates, the six bases, and the eighteen elements, saying that though he knows all is still and void he does not forsake beings, and the most vital clause is “he understands through and through that all dharmas are empty, and yet constantly seeks the wondrous Dharma; he does not join with the afflictions, and yet does not exhaust the outflows either.” The three graphs of not exhausting the outflows are to be read slowly: it is not that he cannot cut them off, but that for the sake of delivering beings he does not take up the realization of exhausted outflows.

The first of the ten Chengguan names “the practice deep and broad in the three kinds of action,” six verses, speaking of depth and breadth in just those three places, body, speech, and mind. Body: “with a single body he can display measureless differing bodies; without a mind and without an object, he responds universally to all beings.” Speech: “within a single sound he expounds fully all the sounds of speech; the modes of language of beings, he can make them all according to their kind.” Mind: “his mind is constantly still and extinguished, pure as empty space.” Ask first: displaying measureless bodies with one body, expounding all sounds with one sound — upon what does this rest? The scripture gives its own answer — “without a mind and without an object.” It is not that a mind to display is raised first and then there is displaying; it is that mind and object being alike still, the responding comes of itself. The two verses between carry this meaning over into the taking of birth: “he has left the body of afflictions forever, and yet displays a sovereign body; he knows that the Dharma cannot be spoken, and yet makes every kind of speaking,” and “upon a body he has nothing he is stuck to, and yet he can display a body; within all the worlds he takes birth as is fitting in response.” The misreading to be set aside is to read “nothing he is stuck to” as a not taking birth. The text says the opposite: it is having nothing he is stuck to that makes him able to bear birth — “though he is born in every place, he does not abide in the birth he takes.” Coming down to the ground: the depth and breadth of the three kinds of action lie not in doing much, but in whether, while doing, there is in the mind an ‘I’ that must do it.

Within the fourteen verses of the class where wisdom does not lose compassion there is a passage that lists the dharmas learned item by item, and it must be gone down item by item. First three ‘threes’: “according with the three codes of discipline, he sets forth the three gates of liberation, establishes the path of the three vehicles, and accomplishes all-knowing wisdom” — the codes of discipline what he himself accords with, the gates of liberation what he sets forth, the path of the three vehicles what he establishes, the three passing from himself to others in a plain order. Then are listed the items of the Buddha’s powers: “he understands through and through what is the case and what is not, the karmas and the faculties, the elements and the inclinations and the concentrations, and the paths that lead to every destination,” “the recollection of former lives and the divine eye, and the extinguishing of every delusion” — and the scripture at once adds the clause, “he knows the ten kinds of power of a buddha, and yet has not been able to accomplish them.” Ask first: if he understands each one through and through, why is it said he has not been able to accomplish them? Because the ten powers are the virtue of the ground of buddhahood; standing in the bodhisattva’s station he knows them by name and mark and has not yet accomplished them. “He does not join with the afflictions, and yet does not exhaust the outflows either,” in the same passage, is not-joining and yet not-exhausting; each of the two clauses has its own qualification, and they are not to be run together into one sense. The misreading to be set aside is to read “has not been able to accomplish them” as a falling short. It is a word of measure, marking a station: the knowing is the bodhisattva's, the accomplishing belongs to the ground of buddhahood. It closes upon “the three heaps are all pure, and the three times are all clearly penetrated; with great loving-kindness he is mindful of beings, and in all of it there is no hindrance” — purity spoken first, penetration next, and the last clause returning to loving-kindness; when Chengguan judges of this class that “the last two clauses do not lose compassion,” it is just this place he points to. Coming down to the ground: in reading this passage mind those several ‘and yets’ — knowing and yet not accomplishing, not joining and yet not exhausting; every ‘and yet’ marks a line of measure.

The other pair is time-and-place and knowing the faculties: “measureless kalpas are a single thought, and a single thought is measureless kalpas” speaks of time, and “within a single mote of dust he sees universally all the buddhas” speaks of place; while “he knows entirely that the faculties of beings differ as high, middling, and low, and knows too that the faculties shift” speaks of the work that comes before the expounding of the Dharma.

After the knowing of faculties, Chengguan sets up a further class and names it “the practice of stillness and function, swift and quick,” which speaks of moving and not moving at one and the same time. “The bodhisattva’s wisdom of spiritual penetration, its power and force already sovereign, can within a single thought go to lands without limit” — that is the moving. “Going thus swiftly, to the exhausting of numberless kalpas, there is no place he does not pervade, and yet he does not stir by the breadth of a hair’s tip” — that is the not moving. Ask first: if there is no place he does not pervade, how is it then said that not a hair’s tip stirs? Because the places gone to are not such as have a distance to be crossed; were there really a stretch of road to walk, then even at the utmost speed it would still be walking. What the scripture speaks of is that the pervading is so of itself, and only therefore does it say “he does not stir by the breadth of a hair’s tip.” To be read alongside this is the verse just before: “abiding in the inconceivability of a buddha, in the ultimate mind of wisdom, within a single thought he can know entirely the practices of all beings” — the knowing within a single thought and the going within a single thought; stillness and function are two faces of one matter. The misreading to be set aside is to read “swiftly” as fast. Fast is set up over against slow; what is spoken of here is what stands over against nothing. Coming down to the ground: when your own practice feels slow, this verse may serve as a calibration — the trouble is often not in the speed, but in having set the road too long.

Among these ten practices set out in particular, the second must be lifted out by itself. “The bodhisattva’s body is without limit, appearing universally in every place, constantly with reverence making offerings to the most surpassing Honored One of Two Legs” — the body being already limitless and appearing universally in every place, the first thing he does is not to expound the Dharma and deliver beings, but to make offerings to the buddhas. The two verses below say it more plainly: “incense, flowers, and every kind of music, banners, pennants, and jewelled canopies — constantly with a deep and pure mind he makes offerings to the buddhas,” and “he does not leave this one buddha’s assembly, and yet is universally in the presence of all the buddhas, and within those great assemblies he puts questions and listens to and receives the Dharma.” Ask first: a bodhisattva whose body is already limitless and who appears universally in every place — why should he still be putting questions and hearing the Dharma in a buddha’s assembly? It is exactly this misreading that must be set aside — the notion that once practice has come to a certain point one may leave the teacher and stand alone. The answer the scripture gives is “he does not leave this one buddha’s assembly, and yet is universally in the presence of all the buddhas”: not leaving this one assembly, and at the same time pervading the presence of all buddhas; the hearing of the Dharma is the one thing not laid down even after practice has come to the limitless. Coming down to the ground: however many scriptures you have read, do not give up your seat among the hearers.

After the practice where the two adornments are unobstructed come three verses that Chengguan names “the practice of contrary and accordant, brought to completion.” The first verse sets up the general mark: “he displays all manner of forms, and displays mind and speech as well; he enters the nets of beings' conceptions, and yet is ever without attachment” — what is displayed reaches body, speech, and mind, entering the nets of beings' conceptions and yet ever unattached, and this is the ground of everything displayed in the two verses that follow. The second verse raises the two ends: “he may display the first raising of the mind, benefiting the world; or he may display long cultivation, vast and without bound or limit” — the first raising of the mind and long cultivation are alike things displayed. The last verse lists the dharmas practised: “giving, the precepts, patience, exertion, concentration, and wisdom, the four brahmā abidings and the four means of gathering, all the most surpassing dharmas.” Ask first: having cultivated long, why should he still display the mark of one who has just raised the mind? Because what is displayed is displayed with regard to the capacity before him, not with regard to his own station; to display a beginner before a beginner is exactly where the drawing-in happens. Chengguan names this class with the two graphs “contrary and accordant”; what the scripture displays includes both the first raising of the mind and long cultivation, and does not run along one line from earlier to later — this section name is fastened to Chengguan alone. The misreading to be set aside is to read “he may display” as a disguising. Displaying comes in response to capacity; it is not a concealing of real virtue, and though the class that follows displays more widely still, the practice it rests upon is never two. Coming down to the ground: walking with another, there is no need to be quick to show how far you have got; only being able to stand where the other stands makes walking together possible at all.

From “he may display practice brought to fullness” Chengguan sets off a separate class and names it “the practice of displaying at the universal gate,” ten verses in all, and the passage in the whole set of verses that lists marks most densely. What is displayed runs through stations, the three vehicles, gods and men, householder and renunciant, young and old: “he may display practice brought to fullness, having gained the forbearance that does not discriminate; or he may display the state bound to one more birth, with the buddhas anointing him,” “he may display the mark of a hearer, or again display a solitary awakened one,” “he may display being Śakra, or display being a Brahmā king,” “he may display being a monk, stilling and taming his mind,” “he may display being a woman of skillful arts, or display cultivating austerities,” “he may display first coming to birth, or youth, or age and death,” on to “he may enter or abide in a womb, become a buddha and turn the Dharma wheel,” “he may sit beneath the tree of awakening and of itself accomplish right awakening.” Ask first: displaying as miscellaneously as this, does it still count as the bodhisattva’s practice? The scripture has set a limit within it. He displays hearer and solitary awakened one, and yet “in place after place he enters parinirvāṇa, and does not forsake the practice of awakening” — the mark of nirvāṇa may be displayed, the practice of awakening is not forsaken; he displays the receiving of the five desires, and the same verse sets over against it “or he may display entering the concentrations”; he displays becoming a buddha and turning the Dharma wheel, and still stands in the company of “or he cultivates the path of no turning back, gathering up the equipment of awakening.” What is displayed may be of the widest; what is not forsaken is one thing only. The misreading to be set aside is to read this passage as a catalogue of transformations. The scripture puts down its own judging clause: “should there be one who tries to reckon it, his mind will doubt and break out in madness” — this is not asking men to imagine, but to know that beyond what is displayed there is a practice that does not stir. Coming down to the ground: when the marks a person displays are hard to judge by, look at what he forsakes — a mark that has forsaken the practice of awakening, however adorned, is not the universal gate spoken of here.

At the end of the second great segment the scripture sets down a conclusion of its own: “because he has entered this Dharma gate he has been able to accomplish such practice; what I have told is but a small portion of it — the sense of the adornment of merit.” And a verse follows straight upon it: “though one told of it to the end of numberless kalpas, his practice could not be told to the end; I now tell but a small portion, like one dust-mote upon the great earth.” Set it beside “like one drop of the ocean” in the eight verses of the first segment — at the head and at the foot both say “a small portion,” and between them lie the hundred and thirty-one and a half verses. Ask first: so much having been said, why is it still called a small portion? Because the measure of telling and the measure of practice are not on one scale: telling has an end, practice has none; the drop and the dust-mote both take hold of this. The misreading to be set aside is to take “a small portion” for a modest word. It is a word of measure, marking where the boundary of this stretch of text lies — not that it is poorly told, but that it cannot be told to the end. Coming down to the ground: having read this great segment through, what should be remembered is not how much you have read, but that the scripture itself allows it has not finished speaking.

Coming down to the ground: this segment is the part of the whole body of verses most like a manual of practice. If only one clause is to be carried away, one may take the half-clause standing just before “in a single thought he gains awakening and accomplishes all-knowing wisdom” — namely, “defiled practice and pure practice, every kind of them he knows entire.” Knowing entirely comes first; only then is there any talk of turning.

The Third Segment of Verses: Turning Back to Versify the Prose Again

The seventy-six verses of the third great segment differ in kind from the two segments before. Chengguan points out that the first two “are both of them gāthā,” while the third “is at last geya” — gāthā is verse that stands up on its own, and geya is verse that repeats the prose. Which is to say that the two segments before spoke of what the prose did not set out in detail, while this segment versifies once more what was said before.

Of these, the first thirty-nine verses versify the portion of exposition before. Chengguan carries on the outline of the ancient worthies, taking the portion of exposition before as six stages and matching a count of verses to each. The names of these six stages are not set up by the text of the scripture; they are what the worthies of old outlined by following the text of the separately circulating version, and Chengguan carried it on — in reading the verses it is enough to know in one’s mind that this thread is there, without reading the names of the stages into the clauses of the scripture.

The opening verse is much like a general heading: “he abides in dependence upon the wisdom of the Buddha, gives rise to thoughts of the extraordinary, practises the most surpassing practice, and is furnished with great loving-kindness and compassion.” Four clauses, four matters — what he depends on, the thought he raises, the practice he cultivates, the mind he is furnished with. Thence it versifies straight on: “he gives rise to the mind of Samantabhadra, and cultivates his practices and vows” is the beginning of one section, and “like a jewel he abides in the Dharma, with a mind that puts on the armor of the vow” is the beginning of another, each section led off by a key term.

From “bodies of every kind and the karma of the body, speech and speech cultivated in purity” onward, what is versified are the gates of body, speech, and mind; and coming to “the lion seat at the place of awakening, lying as Brahmā lies and having emptiness for his abode,” the marks of sitting and lying are used to speak of abiding. The last section, beginning from “he contemplates universally the conduct of beings,” versifies the six perfections one by one — “free of greed he practises pure giving, casting off conceit he keeps the pure precepts, without anger he is constantly patient, without sloth he is constantly exerting” — the first four perfections each matched with one hindrance left behind (greed, conceit, anger, sloth), while the last two read “gains mastery” and “has nothing to practise” — and this way of matching is far more useful than naming the six perfections alone.

The Last Thirty-Seven Verses: Telling of the Merit as Something That Can Be Put to Use

The last thirty-seven verses of the third great segment versify the portion of the concluding exhortation before. They open with a word of modesty: “those practices of the bodhisattvas, cultivated through measureless kalpas, are vast and without limit, and I now tell but a small portion.” — Chengguan marks these thirty-seven verses as beginning under ‘though he causes’; yet reckoning by the counts of verses he himself sets out, they must begin from ‘those practices of the bodhisattvas’ if the thirty-seven are to be full. The two sayings are recorded side by side without adjudication. And a vital clause is added at once: “though he causes measureless beings to abide in the merit of a buddha, yet within beings and within dharmas he ultimately grasps and clings to nothing.” — so much done and yet nothing grasped: this is the fixed pole of the whole segment.

Then follows a string of marks of spiritual transformation: “upon a hair-tip he sets down many lands, and passes through a koṭi of thousands of kalpas,” “and with a single pore he takes in universally all the oceans, and the great oceans neither increase nor decrease, and beings are not disturbed or harmed.” One great misreading must be set aside here: do not read this as a display of magical arts. At the end of the passages on holding the lands and setting them back and on taking in the oceans there is a clause of restraint — beings do not know or feel it, the great ocean neither increases nor decreases, beings are not disturbed or harmed; the passage on setting the lands in a pore closes upon “truly causing all to see,” the passage on grinding to dust closes upon the dust being knowable while the bodhisattva's wisdom is hard to measure, and the two passages on sending forth light and uttering sounds close upon the benefit to those converted. That the spiritual transformation is a virtue of practice and not a show of powers lies exactly in this, that it does not startle or disturb the realm it transforms.

The section on the three times is the same: “all the kalpas that are past he sets into the future and the present; the kalpas of the future and the present he turns about and sets into the past age” — what is spoken of is that the kalpas of time may be set one within another. The last eight and a half verses change to entrusting to things: the seven jewels of a wheel-turning king are matched to the bodhisattva’s practice — “the pāramitās are the wheel-jewel, the penetrations the elephant-jewel, the bases of spiritual power the horse-jewel, wisdom the bright-pearl-jewel; subtle practice the palace-woman-jewel, the four means of gathering the treasurer-minister-jewel, skillful means the general-jewel” — and then city wall and palace, level ground and river water, clear pool and flower of awakening are matched down the whole way. Chengguan says of this section, “some are what was not there before, and some are the same thing with a different sense, and both may be got at by intention” — which is to say that these matchings both repeat what went before and bring in what is new, and evenness need not be insisted upon.

The two concluding verses use a set of extreme comparisons: the dust-motes of the lands may be numbered, empty space may be measured, the thoughts of beings’ minds may be reckoned, but “the merits of a son of the Buddha cannot, though one speaks, be spoken to the end.” The three things before are already impossible, and the impossible is used to set off what is more impossible still — a manner of speaking this scripture uses often.

The last two verses are the conclusion of the whole chapter, and are its very last words: “would one be furnished with merit of this kind, and with every kind of superior and wondrous dharma, would one cause beings to leave suffering behind and be constantly at ease, would one cause body, speech, and mind to be all of them equal with the buddhas, then he should give rise to the vajra mind, and learn this practice of merit.” Three clauses of ‘would one’ are set out, and one action only is given — to give rise to the vajra mind. What vajra takes hold of is that it cannot be broken: the two thousand practices Chengguan speaks of having been told to the end, what is handed over into the reader’s hands is not a list, but a giving rise of the mind that will not scatter along the way.

Lineage

  • The three houses’ outlines standing together: Chengguan judges this chapter into ten portions, and this passage falls to the seventh, the portion of the concluding exhortation to practise; the eighth, the portion of the auspicious signs appearing; the ninth, the portion of the confirming; and the tenth, the portion of the verses. Fazang’s Tanxuan ji judges the whole assembly into eight portions, and makes of these the three portions of the concluding exhortation, the displaying and confirming, and the verses, gathering the auspicious signs into the displaying and confirming before it without setting them up apart. Li Tongxuan’s Xin Huayan jing lun has instead a general outline of five gates, and under “explaining the sense following the text” a long outline in ten sections, the last four of which — entrusting and circulating, the Dharma’s might shaking the earth, the verses on the vast and peerless, and the five-syllable verses of similes — fall exactly to this unit. The three houses’ systems of outlining differ each from each; recorded without adjudication.
  • The explanation of the chapter’s name: Fazang sets up four senses in explaining “detachment from the world” — in terms of deluded clinging, of dependent arising, of practice, and of stage; of these, the sense in terms of practice says “one is constantly within the world and yet not gathered in by the world, and therefore it is called detachment,” while the sense in terms of stage runs all the way from humans and gods and the two vehicles to the fruit of buddhahood. Li Tongxuan explains it through by two senses: in terms of the host of the exposition it is the benefiting of the world, and in terms of the beings who hear the Dharma it is dwelling in the world undefiled. Neither house takes it as ‘leaving the world behind’. Recorded without adjudication.
  • A variant reading within the verses: the Yanyi chao brings out only one item upon this passage, fastened to the fifth verse of the class of similes of garuḍa, pointing out that the eighty-fascicle text has “the bodhisattva is a moon of the light of wisdom,” while the treatise-scripture it cites has “the bodhisattva is a cool and clear moon … and the dharmas of mind are all made to appear.” The two texts differ; recorded side by side without adjudication.
  • The added passage in the separately circulating version: the separately circulating Dushipin jing, after the verses, has a further passage in which the bodhisattva Universal Knowing asks ‘why is this scripture named the Chapter of Passing Beyond the World’ and the Buddha himself answers and explains the name, explaining “shut up within the world” by the covering over of the five aggregates and the six wearers-away, and explaining “passing beyond” by provisional wisdom abiding neither in birth-and-death nor in cessation. The eighty-fascicle and the sixty-fascicle texts both stop at the last clause of the verses and have no passage answering to it. Recorded side by side without adjudication.
  • The citations in the treatises of the Huayan house: Fazang’s Huayan jing zhigui cites the verse of this passage beginning “all the kalpas that are past” in evidence of the Dharma gate of the ten times; the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang raises this chapter together with the ninth ground in evidence of the inexhaustibility of the ten minds; the Huayan yisheng shixuan men takes this chapter in evidence of the sense of the ten buddhas. All three are citations of a schematic kind, and not explanations clause by clause.
  • A check of the treatises that carry the lineage on: in the four treatises, the Cheng weishi lun, the She lun, the Yogācārabhūmi, and the Saṃdhinirmocana, a mechanical search for the terms of this passage gives only one literal hit, “profoundly going forth from the world” in the Yogācārabhūmi, which is not the chapter’s name, and none elsewhere; no hits do not amount to evidence that those treatises have nothing to do with it, and it is set down as vacant according to the fact.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0